summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/67640-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/67640-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/67640-0.txt7296
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7296 deletions
diff --git a/old/67640-0.txt b/old/67640-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 08ee682..0000000
--- a/old/67640-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7296 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Tuberculosis Nurse, by Ellen N. La
-Motte
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The Tuberculosis Nurse
- Her Function and Her Qualifications; A Handbook for Practical
- Workers in the Tuberculosis Campaign
-
-Author: Ellen N. La Motte
-
-Contributor: Louis Hamman
-
-Release Date: March 16, 2022 [eBook #67640]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Richard Tonsing and the Online Distributed Proofreading
- Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from
- images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TUBERCULOSIS NURSE ***
-
-
-
-
-
- The Tuberculosis Nurse
- Her Function and Her Qualifications
- A Handbook for Practical Workers in the Tuberculosis Campaign
-
-
- By
-
- Ellen N. La Motte, R.N.
-
- Graduate of Johns Hopkins Hospital; Former Nurse-in-Chief of the
- Tuberculosis Division, Health Department of Baltimore
-
- Introduction by
-
- Louis Hamman, M.D.
-
- Physician in Charge, Phipps Tuberculosis Dispensary, Johns Hopkins
- University
-
-
- G. P. Putnam’s Sons
- New York and London
- =The Knickerbocker Press=
-
- 1915
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1915
- BY
- ELLEN N. LA MOTTE
-
- _Second Impression_
-
-
- =The Knickerbocker Press, New York=
-
-
-
-
- TO
-
- MARY E. LENT
-
- MY FRIEND
-
-
-
-
- INTRODUCTION
-
-
-To tuberculosis, more than to any other infectious disease, the parable
-of the seed and the soil is strictly applicable. Without the tubercle
-bacillus there can be no tuberculosis, but for tuberculosis to develop,
-many factors of great complexity and as yet but little understood must
-facilitate the implantation of the bacillus and augment its growth. It
-is true that though we may emphasize the rôle of the bacillus, still we
-cannot completely ignore those personal factors that contribute to make
-the infection fruitful, and likewise though we focus our attention upon
-individual resistance, still we cannot keep out of sight the invader
-that is being resisted. The two viewpoints meet and run together, but
-are sufficiently separate to lead to different methods in our efforts to
-eradicate tuberculosis.
-
-On the one hand are those who direct their efforts toward the
-annihilation of the tubercle bacillus. We are sufficiently instructed
-about the life history and habits of this organism to lay our plans upon
-a firm, scientific basis—a basis so firm and at first sight so simple
-and so plausible that over-enthusiasm led to predictions that have been
-sadly disappointed. The principles are sound indeed, but in practice
-their application has met with insuperable difficulties. These
-obstructions have sharpened our wits to find new avenues that now
-promise a more ready approach to the goal. To put the matter briefly,
-the tuberculosis campaign of the past fifteen years has taught us two
-important lessons: first, that the tuberculous cannot be isolated in
-their homes; second, that they cannot be cured in or out of sanatoria. I
-am shocked myself to read these bald statements, particularly the
-second, and still I am convinced that they are true. Some patients can
-be isolated in their homes, and many patients recover from tuberculosis
-and remain well. Tuberculosis is very amenable to treatment and under
-proper conditions the results of treatment are very gratifying. The
-difficulty is that the proper conditions are in most instances wanting,
-and when they are absent sanatorium recovery is almost invariably
-followed, after a brief period, by relapse. The records of cases with
-tubercle bacilli in the sputum establish this fact. Concerning the value
-of statistics of cases without tubercle bacilli in the sputum I
-entertain the gravest doubt. While I am heartily in favour of treating
-such patients, the personal equation enters too largely into the
-diagnosis to give the results convincing value as evidence of the
-lasting benefits of treatment. Experience has taught me that the
-educational value of sanatoria has been grossly exaggerated, and that
-this value is of small account in a broad plan of prevention. Our
-present knowledge, fortified by the costly experience of the past
-fifteen years, forces us to believe that the most direct and effective
-way of dealing with the tubercle bacillus is to isolate as many advanced
-consumptives as is possible. The hospital, perhaps supplemented by
-colonies, is the rational method of procedure. Other factors are of
-importance; all other factors are, but this is the fundamental and
-essential factor in the campaign.
-
-On the other hand are those who direct their efforts towards cultivating
-the soil. Reliable studies inform us that ninety per cent. of the human
-race is tuberculosis infected, and that infection occurs at a very early
-age, so that at twelve years few children have escaped it. Relatively a
-small number of those infected subsequently become tuberculous, so that
-something more than infection is necessary for tuberculosis to develop.
-What this something is we do not know. Time, manner, frequency, and
-intensity of infection play an important part. Apparently too there is a
-wide personal variation in susceptibility. To just what this personal
-factor is due we are not in a position to say, but certain general facts
-known about the distribution of tuberculosis afford us a clue to its
-interpretation. Tuberculosis, like most infectious diseases, thrives
-under the conditions that poverty induces. Inadequate housing
-facilities, insufficient food, filth, and sordid care are a few of
-these. If, as all must admit, the tubercle bacillus is more or less
-ubiquitous and few escape contact with it, then an important part of our
-campaign of prevention will be the raising of personal resistance so
-that when infection occurs it may be successfully overcome. Here is the
-field for wide social activity. Everything that makes for higher
-standards of living and for improved personal hygiene is a valuable arm
-against tuberculosis. Housing laws, child-labour laws, the wage
-question, municipal recreation centres, the liquor question, social
-service in all its departments, vacation lodges, open-air schools,
-factory inspection, and so on and so on, are all indirectly valuable
-anti-tuberculosis agitation.
-
-It is not my purpose to discuss the relative merits of the various
-phases of the anti-tuberculosis campaign. The death-rate from
-tuberculosis is falling steadily and rapidly, and it has fallen most
-rapidly in just those centres where the campaign has been vigorously
-pushed on a broad basis. Which phase of the work is responsible for the
-decrease or deserves the greatest credit, it is impossible to conclude
-from a study of available evidence. The same statistics are interpreted
-by one, for instance Cornet, as evidence of the efficiency of sputum
-prophylaxis; by another, for instance Hoffman, as evidence of the
-influence of improved economic conditions; by yet another, for instance
-Newsholme, as evidence of the value of hospitals for advanced cases; and
-finally by many, for instance Fränkel, as evidence of the undisputed
-value of all three factors. Which factor one emphasizes will depend
-largely upon one’s training and the field of activity in which one is
-engaged.
-
-Being a physician and by training accustomed to view problems from a
-medical standpoint, it is natural that I should emphasize the attacks
-upon the bacillus. As I have said, it seems to me to be firmly
-established that the most efficient, the most direct, and the cheapest
-way to enforce isolation and prevent infection is by hospital
-segregation of cases of advanced pulmonary tuberculosis. While early
-diagnosis, sanatorium treatment, and education are valuable features of
-the campaign, their value will be but slight if this one essential
-feature is neglected. Indeed I am inclined to see the chief value of
-economic improvement in the indirect influence this improvement
-exercises upon the facility for infection. With economic advance the
-æsthetic value of general and personal hygiene grows apace, and the
-dictates of ordinary cleanliness offer a very strong barrier to
-infection. Poverty itself does not produce tuberculosis, but the
-conditions that poverty fosters do, and the advantages of better living
-reside not so much in an improved personal fitness as in the eradication
-of the conditions that facilitate infection. This view is in accord with
-what we have learned of other infections. Plague has been notoriously a
-scourge to the poor. To improve living conditions lessens plague, and
-this general fact was known before we learned that cleanliness produced
-results indirectly by eliminating rats. Malaria has always been
-particularly prevalent amongst labourers living in unprotected huts. To
-improve living conditions reduces malaria, but we gain the result more
-surely and directly by an intelligent campaign against mosquitoes.
-Unfortunately, we are not sufficiently instructed about tuberculosis to
-pick out of the whole mass of ills that poverty entails those few
-essential features that control infection. Perhaps some day we will, and
-then we shall be able to manage the social campaign more efficiently and
-economically. For instance, we are quite at sea to know what
-prophylactic use to make of the firmly grounded fact that tuberculosis
-infection establishes a strong resistance to reinfection. Upon an
-analogous principle rests the conquest of smallpox by vaccination. No
-doubt this immunity reaction has an important influence upon the
-development of tuberculosis, but as yet we know too little about it to
-control it and use it to advantage in our fight with the disease.
-
-In the anti-tuberculosis campaign the nurse must look to medical science
-for the plan and inspiration of her work. Her attitude in the
-tuberculosis campaign must always conform to the medical attitude,
-although she may and indeed has added valuable material for building up
-this attitude. It is because this intimate relation exists that I have
-briefly outlined the medical impression of the tuberculosis campaign. It
-is quite natural that it should represent at the same time the nurse’s
-attitude. My object was to point out the numerous factors concerned in
-the anti-tuberculosis crusade, their interrelation, and the quite
-natural and necessary specialization that must occur. The field of the
-nurse and particularly the municipal nurse is circumscribed, but it is
-large enough to engage all her energy and devotion. It is not necessary
-nor even desirable that she should diffuse her interest and energy over
-the adjoining fields.
-
-For more than ten years Miss La Motte and I have been engaged in working
-at the same problems, from the same broad though different personal
-viewpoint. Our work has brought us into almost daily contact. I
-acknowledge, with gratitude, the many valuable suggestions that I have
-borrowed from her experience, and in reading her book I note with the
-greatest satisfaction what I believe to be evidence of influence from
-the experience I have gained. It is a pleasure to find that after years
-of arduous work we agree at least upon what is the fundamental problem
-of the tuberculosis campaign, namely—institutional care of the advanced
-cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. I think it is right and proper that
-Miss La Motte has made this fact the guiding principle of her book, and
-that she has shown the relation of nursing activity to its furtherance,
-and that she has held all other phases of tuberculosis work subservient
-to it. To avoid misunderstanding it may be necessary to point out that
-other features of the anti-tuberculosis campaign have been merely
-touched upon or entirely ignored. This apparent slight is not offered, I
-am sure, as a reflection upon the value of these features; they are
-omitted simply to accentuate more boldly the dominant idea of the
-nurse’s work.
-
-Another noteworthy feature of the book is the purely personal and local
-character of the experience presented. It details the problems that have
-offered themselves here in Baltimore, how these problems have been met,
-and how an effective nursing staff has been built up, first under
-private and then under municipal control. What has been accomplished
-abroad and in other localities in this country is not considered. In a
-way this is a disadvantage, for the book loses somewhat in breadth and
-erudition. However, I am convinced that what may be lost in this respect
-is more than compensated for by the gain in force and conciseness. After
-all, the fundamental problems are the same everywhere, and though local
-conditions will necessitate adjustment of details, still I believe the
-adjustment will be stimulated and facilitated more by a spirited account
-of what has been done under specific conditions than by a colourless
-review of the whole field of activity.
-
-No doubt many will find personal views expressed with which they
-disagree. This is unavoidable before such a frank and radical
-presentation of the situation. One is impressed by the honesty and
-enthusiasm of the book, but some may wish that certain of the
-statements, and particularly some strictures, had been a little
-mollified. The book will be interesting and helpful and, what is more
-important, stimulating to all engaged in tuberculosis work. All the
-better if some parts of it cause surprise and opposition,—we will then
-review more critically our own attitude.
-
- LOUIS HAMMAN, M.D.,
- Physician-in-Charge, Phipps Tuberculosis
- Dispensary, Johns Hopkins Hospital.
-
-
-
-
- PREFACE
-
-
-During eight successive years the writer has been engaged in special
-tuberculosis work, first as field nurse of the Visiting Nurse
-Association of Baltimore, later as organizer and director of the
-Tuberculosis Division of the Baltimore Health Department. Entering the
-field in the pioneer days of 1905, she has seen the work pass through
-the struggling stages of private enterprise into the well organized,
-almost automatic grooves of the city machinery. This continuity of
-service has been an experience of unique value. During this period we
-have walked into and backed out of many blind alleys or “No
-Thoroughfares,” and have acquired wisdom through the loss of infinite
-time, effort, and money. Although the material for the following pages
-was gathered in Baltimore, and is therefore, strictly speaking, of a
-local character, yet since practically all of the conditions indicated
-or dealt with are common to all towns and cities, this need not limit
-the application of the ideas and principles set forth.
-
-It is also hoped that though the work of tuberculosis nursing is dealt
-with chiefly as done under the auspices of a Visiting Nurse Association,
-or as part of the work of a City Health Department, what is here
-presented will be of value to nurses working under private associations,
-and to private associations themselves. Therefore, in presenting this
-book to the public—to nurses, physicians, social workers,
-anti-tuberculosis associations, and all those engaged in public health
-work—the writer has two objects in view. First, to offer a working model
-by which any community can gain some idea as to how to organize and
-conduct tuberculosis work; second, to offer conclusions, gained through
-practical experience, as to the nurse’s part in the anti-tuberculosis
-campaign.
-
-The object of the anti-tuberculosis campaign is the eradication of
-tuberculosis. Our experience has been to prove that the simplest and
-most direct method of controlling this disease is through the
-segregation—the voluntary segregation—of the distributor, and that to
-remove the patient from an environment where he is dangerous to one
-where he is harmless is the function of the public health nurse. This is
-her chief and foremost duty, and all others are subsidiary to it.
-
-The writer wishes to express her appreciation and deep indebtedness to
-those friends and fellow-workers who have given her guidance and
-assistance during these years of service. These are: Mary E. Lent,
-Superintendent of the Visiting Nurse Association of Baltimore, and Susan
-Edmond Coyle, “lay member” of that Association; Dr. Louis Hamman,
-Physician-in-Charge of the Phipps Dispensary, Johns Hopkins Hospital;
-Dr. Samuel Wolman, First Assistant to the Phipps Tuberculosis
-Dispensary; Dr. Gordon Wilson, Physician-in-Charge of the Maryland
-University Dispensary and of the Municipal Tuberculosis Hospital; Dr.
-Martin F. Sloan, Superintendent of Eudowood Sanatorium; Dr. Victor F.
-Cullen, Superintendent of the Maryland Tuberculosis Sanatorium; and my
-Chief, Dr. Nathan R. Gorter, Health Commissioner of Baltimore.
-
- ELLEN N. LA MOTTE.
-
- London, 4 June, 1914.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
- PAGE
- Statement of the Case—Beginning the Work—Reaching the
- Patients—Supervision of the Work—Necessity for Experienced
- Nurses 1
-
-
- CHAPTER II
-
- The Nurse’s Training—Health—Hours Off Duty—Afternoons
- Off—Character 11
-
-
- CHAPTER III
-
- Salary—Increase of Salary—Carfare—Transportation—Telephone—Vacation—
- Sick Leave—Uniforms—Badges 20
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
- Object of Work—Districts—Hours on Duty—Number of Daily Visits—The
- Nurse’s Office—Lunch and the Noon Hour—Bags—Prophylactic
- Supplies—Cups, Fillers, and Napkins—Disinfectant—Waterproof
- Pockets—Books of Instruction—Stocking the Bag and Distributing
- Supplies—Nursing Supplies 33
-
-
- CHAPTER V
-
- Records and Reports—The Patient’s Chart—The Card Index—Nurse’s
- Daily Report Sheet—Weekly and Monthly Reports—Examination of
- Charts—Taking the Patient’s History 48
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
- Finding Patients and Building up the Visiting List—Increasing the
- Visiting List—Social Workers—Dispensaries—Patients’ Families and
- Friends—Nurses’ Cases—Physicians 61
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
- The General Practitioner and the Public Health—Responsibility of
- the Private Practitioner in Tuberculosis—Impossibility of
- Fulfilling this Obligation—Failure because of the Nature of
- Tuberculosis—Failure because of the Personal Equation 74
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
- The Nurse in Relation to the Physician—Municipal Control of
- Infectious Diseases—The Nurse’s Difficulties—A Waiting
- Game—Undiagnosed Cases—The Nurse’s Responsibility to the Ethical
- Practitioner Only 87
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
- Obtaining a Diagnosis—The General Dispensary—Sputum
- Examinations—Tuberculin Tests—Registration of Cases 105
-
-
- CHAPTER X
-
- Prevention of Tuberculosis—Sources through which Calls are
- Received—Entering the Home—Telling the Truth to the
- Patient—Truth for the Family—Disposal of Sputum—Danger of
- Expired Air—Isolation of Dishes—Linen, Household and
- Personal—Disinfectant and Other Supplies—Phthisiphobia 117
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
- Inspection of the House—The Patient’s Bedroom—Porches—Gardens and
- Tents—Flat Roofs—Clothing and Bedclothing—Artificial
- Heat—Rest—Fresh Air—Food—Cooking—The Bedridden Patient 136
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
- Care of the Family—Examination of the Family—Taking Patients to
- Dispensaries—Children—Tuberculosis in Children—Open-Air
- Schools—The Danger of Sending Patients to the Country 154
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
- Disinfection of Houses—Value of
- Fumigation—Formaldehyde—Housecleaning—Burning and
- Sterilizing—Boiling—Carpets, Rugs, and Mattings—Painting,
- Papering, and Whitewashing—Temporary Removals—Vacant
- Houses—Concessions—Compulsory Cleaning 169
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
- The Tuberculosis
- Dispensary—Equipment—Medicines—Hours—Consideration for
- Patients—Function of the Dispensary—The Physician’s Service—The
- Physician’s Qualifications—The Physician and the Patient—Duties
- of the Nurse—Tuberculin Classes—The Nurse in Home and
- Dispensary—The Nurse as a Community Asset 184
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
-
- The Nurse in Relation to the Institution—Reports Made to the
- Institution—Procuring Patients for it—The Value of the
- Sanatorium—Sanatorium Outfit—Return from the Sanatorium—Work for
- the Arrested Case—Light Work—Outdoor Work 203
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-
- Hospitals for Advanced Cases—The Careful Consumptive—Chief Duty of
- the Nurse—Responsibility of the Institution—Home Care of the
- Advanced Case—Exceptions to Institutional Care—Compulsory
- Segregation 218
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-
- The Problem of Relief-Giving—The Relief-Giver—Co-operation between
- Agent and Nurse—General Rules for Nurses and Agents—Conditions
- of Asking for Relief—Wrong Conditions of
- Relief-Giving—Incidental Assistance—Withdrawal of Relief—Milk
- and Eggs 230
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII
-
- Home Occupations of Consumptives—Sewing and Sweatshop
- Work—Food—Milk and Cream—Lunch Rooms and Eating-Houses—Laundry
- Work—Boarding and Lodging-Houses—Miscellaneous Occupations—The
- Consumptive Outside the Home—Cooks—Personal Contact in the
- Factory—Supervision Outside the Home 252
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX
-
- Municipal Control of Tuberculosis—The Danger of “Political”
- Control—“Politics” in Co-operating Divisions of the Health
- Department—Results in Baltimore—Tuberculosis and Poverty 273
-
-
-
-
- The Tuberculosis Nurse
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
- Statement of the Case—Beginning the Work—Reaching the
- Patients—Supervision of the Work—Necessity for Experienced Nurses.
-
-
-=Statement of the Case.= Pulmonary tuberculosis is a communicable
-disease, transmitted from person to person by means of the tubercle
-bacilli contained in the sputum of infected patients, or in the breath
-expired during paroxysms of coughing. The bacilli thus liberated, find
-their way into the system of another individual, either through the
-respiratory or alimentary tract, or both. The enormous prevalence of
-tuberculosis is due to the fact that its infectious nature was not
-recognized until 1882 when Koch discovered the bacilli. Since that time
-it has been classed as a transmissible disease, and during the past ten
-years a vigorous effort has been made to eradicate it. This agitation is
-popularly known as the anti-tuberculosis campaign, and associations for
-the suppression of tuberculosis have sprung up in all parts of the
-country. So far, no serum or vaccine has been found by which this
-disease may be controlled, as was the case when smallpox and diphtheria
-were checked. The sole way of overcoming it is to overcome the ignorance
-concerning its nature, its transmissibility, and the means by which it
-is spread.
-
-At the beginning of the campaign it was believed that simple education
-along these lines was all that was needed to obtain results. These
-results were expected to follow as soon as the patient was informed of
-the nature of his disease, and how to avoid spreading it, and as soon as
-those in contact with him were given like information and taught how to
-avoid infection. Ten years ago, in the optimism of the moment,
-tuberculosis was freely proclaimed a “curable” disease; so that together
-with the campaign of prevention went a campaign of teaching the patient
-how to become a “cured,” or as we now call it, an arrested, case. The
-mechanics of cure were equally simple—rest, fresh air, and food were all
-that was needed, provided the disease was taken in the early stages. And
-all that was necessary for “cure,” just as all that was necessary for
-prevention, was to tell the patient what to do, and those about him what
-to do, and the thing was done. This is the theory upon which the work
-was founded, and in theory this is still a sound principle upon which to
-continue it. Unfortunately, a series of unlooked for conditions
-interposed themselves between this theory and our ability to put it into
-practice. At the time when the crusade was begun these conditions were
-not recognized, and it is only through long study of the situation, from
-its social, economic, and legal as well as clinical aspects that we get
-some idea of the difficulties and complexities of the task before us.
-
-In the first place, tuberculosis is largely a disease of the poor—of
-those on or below the poverty line. We must further realize that there
-are two sorts of poor people—not only those financially handicapped and
-so unable to control their environment, but those who are mentally and
-morally poor, and lack intelligence, will power, and self-control. The
-poor, from whatever cause, form a class whose environment is difficult
-to alter. And we must further realize that these patients are surrounded
-in their homes by people of their own kind—their families and
-friends—who are also poor. It is this fact which makes the task so
-difficult, and makes the prevention and cure of a preventable and
-curable disease a matter of the utmost complexity.
-
-People of this sort, however, constitute almost the entire
-problem—otherwise the situation would be so simple that the word problem
-would not apply.
-
-This is why “cure” is not the solution of the matter. Too few people are
-cured, in comparison to the numbers annually infected, to make any
-impression on a disease of such wide prevalence. The sanatorium,
-valuable as it may be for certain cases, is of little use to those who
-relapse upon return to an environment they will not or cannot control.
-This is also why mere instruction in preventive measures, unaccompanied
-by effective isolation, is barren of results.
-
-Experience has taught us the unsatisfactory nature of so-called cures,
-and the futility of that prevention which allows the distributor of
-tuberculosis to remain at large in the community and heedless of his
-obligations. Hence we must look to segregation as the only reasonable
-course to pursue. If segregation can be obtained in the home, well and
-good. If not, then we must look to the institution to provide the proper
-care. This segregation, most of it voluntary, some of it enforced, is
-the only way to do preventive work on a scale large enough to count. To
-this end, we need dispensaries where the disease may be recognized and
-diagnosed, nurses to visit the patients in their homes, and hospitals
-for advanced cases, the function of the nurse being to teach patients
-and their families the necessity for segregating the former in
-hospitals.
-
-=Beginning the Work.= Let us suppose that a certain community, town or
-country, suddenly becomes aware of tuberculosis in its midst, and in
-consequence wishes to get rid of it. It is but a fraction of the
-community which is enlightened enough for this, but from this nucleus
-must come all that awakening of public sentiment needed to facilitate
-the campaign. To estimate the number of tuberculous persons in any
-locality, multiply the yearly tuberculosis death-rate by five or
-ten—authorities differ as to the exact figures. The result will be the
-approximate number of those afflicted. The public press will help in
-disseminating this information, which is the basis from which we must
-work. Since the beginning of the campaign, newspapers have been
-wonderfully helpful allies in giving wide publicity to facts concerning
-tuberculosis. As a result of this newly aroused interest, an
-Anti-Tuberculosis Society may be created, and into its fold are gathered
-all those willing to help in the work, each with his dollar. Lectures,
-exhibits, open-air speaking, lantern-slide exhibitions, meetings in
-churches and others held before various societies are given in various
-parts of the town, and in this way information about tuberculosis is
-spread far and wide.
-
-There are two classes of the community, however, that must be
-reached—those who have tuberculosis and those who have not. The people
-who go to lectures and exhibits belong chiefly to the latter class.
-Frequently, of course, the sick ones find their way in, in an endeavour
-to learn something which may be helpful to them; unfortunately, they are
-able to take away but little, and the little they do get they often
-misapply. We recall the case of a man who went to a tuberculosis
-exhibit, and learned that fresh air was good. As a result, he walked
-several miles a day in order to get it, and nearly killed himself. He
-had succeeded in learning one important fact—that fresh air was
-valuable—but another, of equal importance, that exercise was harmful,
-had escaped him.
-
-To make the undertaking succeed, it is necessary to reach both the sick
-and the well, since that strong, intelligent public opinion, which is
-the motive force behind all new movements, must be aroused among the
-sick as well as among the healthy. But as we have seen, the former are
-not those who go largely to lectures, so they must be reached through
-some other means. The most effective way of reaching them is through the
-employment of a special nurse, who shall give eight hours a day, week in
-and week out, to visiting in the homes where tuberculosis exists, and
-giving instruction adapted to each individual case. By this means the
-people most in need of assistance are reached without loss of time and
-effort, and case after case is uncovered. This is shooting straight for
-the bull’s-eye—namely, the infected home from which tuberculosis is
-spread.
-
-There may be laws on the statute books compelling doctors to notify the
-local health authorities of their tuberculosis cases, but these laws are
-not lived up to. Nor will the establishment of a hospital for advanced
-cases bring these patients to light; neither will the sanatorium, nor
-even the special tuberculosis dispensary. The surest and most effective
-way of unearthing them is through the visiting nurse. Therefore the
-nebulous plans of the newly formed anti-tuberculosis association may
-well crystallize themselves into a decision to put such an effective
-agent into the field.
-
-=Supervision of Work.= After this decision has been made, the question
-arises, by whom is the nurse to be directed? Is she to be placed under
-the local health department, under a dispensary, under the charity
-organization society, or under the visiting nurse association, if such
-an organization exists in the town? If supported by a church or special
-association of some sort, should not the governing board of such
-organization direct her work? Or is she to be a free lance and manage
-herself?
-
-Unless taken over by the local health department (which in that case
-becomes responsible for her salary and expenses incurred in the work),
-the nurse should be affiliated with the Visiting Nurse Association,
-rather than with any lay organization. Better results will be obtained
-if her work is directed by a superintendent of nurses who is accustomed
-to dealing with and judging nurses, and familiar with their duties along
-technical lines. The credit of supporting the nurse would still rest
-where it belonged—with the church, with the anti-tuberculosis
-association, or whatever group of people might be responsible for her
-maintenance,[1] but this arrangement would relieve the lay organization
-of much responsibility, for no matter how good their intentions, such a
-group cannot direct nursing work as well as this can be done by one
-qualified for the purpose. Another advantage gained by placing the new
-nurse with the Visiting Nurse Association is that it keeps together the
-various branches of public health service, and the tuberculosis nurse
-realizes more fully than she otherwise might, how completely her own
-specialty is interlocked with and dependent upon other forms of social
-activity.
-
-Footnote 1:
-
- For five years the Maryland Tuberculosis Association supported five
- nurses, which it placed under the management of the Superintendent of
- the Visiting Nurse Association of Baltimore.
-
-There is still another advantage in placing the new nurse with the
-established organization, for then a nurse may be selected with regard
-to her ability alone, leaving it to the Superintendent of Nurses to give
-her the necessary careful training in social work, and the proper
-supervision.
-
-If there is no Visiting Nurse Association in the community, under whose
-auspices the new special nurse may be placed, the lay organization will
-have to do the best it can. In this event, it will be absolutely
-necessary to select a nurse thoroughly trained in social work, and since
-the number of women with this equipment falls far short of the demand, a
-delay of some duration may take place. This delay is always borne with
-great impatience by the newly formed group of people, anxious in their
-enthusiasm to attack the tuberculosis problem at once. Yet policy would
-counsel postponing the undertaking until a suitable person can be found,
-for it is usually a fatal mistake to begin new work with an
-inexperienced worker. Moreover, a situation which has existed for years
-may be tolerated a few months longer without undue alarm as to
-consequences.
-
-If it is impossible to obtain a nurse fully trained in public health
-work, the community may select a good nurse and send her for a few
-months’ experience to some well recognized centre of public health work,
-such as New York, Chicago, Boston, Baltimore, etc. The money thus spent
-will prove a valuable investment to a community thus far-seeing, and an
-ample return will be manifest in the efficiency of the nurse’s work.
-
-A wrong start in choosing a nurse has driven many an enthusiastic
-organization into deep waters, and caused trouble and misunderstanding
-of a most grievous sort. In several instances, the local campaign
-against tuberculosis has come to a disappointed end; in others, public
-interest has been so antagonized and repelled that the movement received
-a check from which it did not recover for several years.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
-
- The Nurse’s Training—Health—Hours off Duty—Afternoons off—Character.
-
-
-=Training.= One of the first qualifications of the nurse should be
-proper training. She should be a graduate of a first-class general
-hospital, which gives a three-years’ course. In States where
-registration is established, she should be a registered nurse as well.
-This means that she has passed the examinations set by the State Board
-of Examiners for Nurses, and has attained at least the minimum degree of
-efficiency prescribed by that body. Of course, it is well if she far
-exceeds this minimum, but she must not fall below it in any case.
-
-It is sometimes said that a woman trained in a sanatorium or special
-tuberculosis hospital will make as good a tuberculosis nurse as one who
-has been trained in all branches of nursing work. This claim is often
-made by those sanatoriums which seek to find positions for their
-ex-patients, to whom they have given a more or less sketchy training and
-a diploma. Needless to say, if a community undertakes to support a
-nurse, it should procure the best that can be found. There is no economy
-in employing a half-trained woman. In social work the nurse occupies a
-unique position in the patient’s household—she must be able not only to
-gain but to retain the family’s confidence, and this cannot be done by a
-half-educated woman, not sure of herself and unable to carry conviction
-to her hearers.
-
-=Health.= Next to thorough training, the health of the nurse is of
-utmost importance. All nurses should be examined before they undertake
-tuberculosis work. This should be done for two reasons: first, for the
-obvious reason of protecting the nurse herself; secondly, for the
-protection of the work. There is already sufficient prejudice against
-tuberculosis work, and it is well not to increase it by having a nurse
-break down soon after going on duty. In Baltimore, all applicants are
-examined by a specialist before they are accepted. Note that this is
-done by a specialist, and that the applicant is not permitted to go to
-her own “family physician” who may or may not be able to make a proper
-examination. The candidate is given a choice of several specialists, to
-any one of whom she may go. The report of her physical condition, mailed
-to the superintendent, determines her eligibility from the standpoint of
-health. In this way, the responsibility is assumed by those most capable
-of assuming it, and neither the health of the nurse nor the prestige of
-the work is jeopardized.
-
-After the preliminary examination, it is well for the nurse on duty to
-be re-examined every six months. If suspicious symptoms present
-themselves, this should be done oftener. Part of the superintendent’s
-duties are to watch the health of her workers, and keep a sharp look-out
-for suspicious symptoms—symptoms which the nurse herself may be unaware
-of or afraid to acknowledge. Each nurse, however, should assume the
-responsibility for her own health; she should remember that she is
-dealing with a highly infectious disease, and that it behooves her to
-keep in as good physical condition as possible. Nurses with a
-predisposition to tuberculosis should not undertake this work.
-
-The question often arises as to whether this visiting work is suitable
-employment for arrested cases—for nurses who have had tuberculosis and
-recovered. It is not suitable. It is far too hard and trying, for it
-must be done day in and day out, at all seasons and in all weathers, and
-involves severe physical strain. For that reason it is not proper
-occupation for one whose health is in any way precarious. The danger of
-relapse is too great. Nor should this work be done by those who are
-afraid of tuberculosis. If fear of tuberculosis develops after a nurse
-goes on duty, she should be released at once. Under such circumstances
-she cannot do good work, while to persuade her to remain on duty,
-contrary to her instincts, is a responsibility too grave for any one to
-assume.
-
-=Hours off Duty.= At this point we should like to speak of the nurse’s
-hours off duty, though strictly speaking they are not within our scope.
-As a rule, the hours on duty are eight—from 9 a.m. till 5 p.m., with an
-hour in the middle of the day for lunch. This is a long day, and at the
-end of it, any woman is in a condition of mental and physical fatigue.
-The constant nervous strain occasioned by contending with the ignorance
-and stubbornness which a nurse must encounter, is particularly wearing.
-
-The hours off duty are for recuperation from the day’s toil, and if this
-recuperation is insufficient, it will manifest itself in various ways. A
-tired nurse is of no use as a teacher—she cannot cope successfully with
-the obstinate wills of her patients, nor with the trying demands of the
-daily routine. Moreover, a physically tired person is one who offers
-ready soil for the development of tuberculosis. These two facts must be
-constantly borne in mind. Therefore we should like to impress upon all
-nurses who undertake this work that they must take excellent care of
-themselves. Rest, sleep, and food are the three essentials to good
-health, and any scheme of life which reduces these below a certain level
-is bound to lead to disaster.
-
-No one condemns reasonable pleasures, and in no other work is relaxation
-and recreation so much required, but one must be careful not to burn the
-candle at both ends. It is no part of the superintendent’s duties to
-regulate the life of her nurses outside of working hours, but when their
-life off duty diminishes their working ability, she is then called upon
-to interfere. Tuberculosis work is trying, serious, and difficult, and
-demands a high degree of mental and physical strength and freshness. If
-a nurse is not willing to give this, she should not undertake public
-health work.
-
-=Afternoons Off.= Each nurse should be given one afternoon a week off
-duty. It is more satisfactory to give this half-day in the middle of the
-week, on Wednesday or Thursday, rather than on Saturday, at the week’s
-end. In this way, the rest period breaks the long stretch of days, and
-the nurse is enabled to rest before she becomes too tired. Sundays, of
-course, should always be free. Under no consideration should the nurse
-be subject to night calls and it is well to have this fact understood at
-the outset of the work. A nurse cannot be on duty night and day both,
-and certain rules should be established, regarding her hours on duty,
-and be rigidly adhered to.
-
-=Character.= The questions of training and of health having been
-satisfactorily answered, there remains a third great essential to be
-considered—the question of personality. Social nursing differs from all
-other branches of nursing, since in this specialty there is a wider
-departure from the routine and mechanical duties which form so large a
-part of nursing work. Those qualities which make a good institutional,
-or a good private nurse, do not necessarily make a good social or public
-health nurse. Something more is demanded.
-
-Broadly speaking, apart from professional training, the more highly
-educated and cultivated the woman, the better will she be qualified.
-This, one may say, would apply to all branches of the profession, but we
-believe these qualities are more necessary in the tuberculosis nurse
-than in the operating-room nurse, for example. The latter does work
-which demands mechanical quickness and coolness; the former requires a
-personality capable of dealing with human beings in all stages of
-refractoriness, over whom she has no authority, but from whom she is
-expected to obtain results. As every one knows, it is far easier to deal
-with things than with people.
-
-The qualities of a teacher are requisite. No matter how well one may
-know a subject, if one cannot present it clearly and impressively, small
-progress will be made. Nor is it the patient alone that the nurse is
-called upon to deal with. Her activities bring her into close relations
-with physicians, social workers, politicians, boards of directors, and
-“benevolent individuals” of all classes, whose interest and good-will it
-is necessary to secure. She must be as well able to meet people of this
-sort, as to teach the humblest patient in her district.
-
-Since this is social work, the so-called social virtues are a
-necessity—and these exclude a bad temper or a quarrelsome disposition.
-It is as essential to work in harmony with other social workers as with
-the patients themselves—the two relationships are interdependent.
-
-Needless to say, a nurse who cannot get on with her patients is a
-failure. No matter how experienced she may be, or how well trained, if
-she cannot gain the confidence and friendship of her families she is
-unfitted to deal with them. It frequently happens that for the first few
-visits a family may be uncordial and suspicious, but within a short time
-a well trained, sympathetic nurse should be able to change this attitude
-into one of confidence and appreciation. A few, a very few families
-remain unchangeable of course, but their number is so small that they
-form a negligible quantity.
-
-Neither should a nurse fraternize with her patients. Through familiarity
-she loses the personal dignity which means so much to her authority.
-Authority is a term somewhat subtle in its definition—it means that hint
-of power, of sureness, of knowledge, which enables one to speak with a
-confidence which transmits itself to others, and compels them to accept
-one’s point of view. A strong personality easily conveys this sense of
-authority, but it may also be conveyed by a personality less strong,
-when the nurse is well assured of her facts and cannot be caught
-tripping. It is the hall-mark of the successful teacher—this ability to
-impress her points upon others, and to make them see that what she
-proposes is right, reasonable, and advantageous.
-
-It seems hardly necessary to speak of the qualities of honesty, loyalty,
-and conscientiousness. When they are lacking, all or any one of them,
-the nurse is useless. The nurse is alone in her district all day long,
-from early morning till late in the afternoon, and she must be a woman
-with a high sense of responsibility and worthy of her trust. Patience,
-that despised virtue, is also an essential part of the nurse’s
-equipment, for she must listen to long details of illness, and must be
-willing to reiterate, over and over again, without show of annoyance,
-the rules which have been needlessly and exasperatingly ignored. No one
-knows better than the nurse the awful hiatus that exists between
-preaching and practising—the glib promise and the broken pledge—but she
-must never show her irritation. We have known many excellent nurses who
-gave up this work because they could not stand discouragement of this
-sort, and who had not vision enough to look into the future for results.
-
-This standard of requirements may seem high, but it is not impossible.
-In fact, it is the minimum from which successful work can be expected. A
-superintendent who has a choice of nurses will of course approximate it
-as nearly as possible, in choosing her staff. The higher and finer the
-type of woman, the more valuable she will be—probably in no other field
-do fine instincts and fine feeling tell so strongly.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
-
- Salary—Increase of Salary—Carfare—Transportation—Telephone—Vacation—
- Sick-Leave—Uniforms—Badges.
-
-
-=Salary.= A good nurse should command a good salary—she is worth it.
-There is a tendency to underpay nurses even at the present day, because
-of the tradition handed down from the Middle Ages, that nursing service
-should be given largely as a matter of love or charity. A woman who
-gives up her whole time to district nursing, doing highly specialized
-work, should at the very least receive a living wage. Associations are
-often asked to supply nurses at a salary of forty or fifty dollars a
-month, and surprise and indignation have been expressed because such a
-woman was not forthcoming. Salaries should be large enough to attract
-and retain efficient women; a small salary does not attract desirable
-applicants, as a rule, and this limits the field of selection. Large
-sums are appropriated for hospitals, sanatoriums, dispensaries, and
-physicians’ services, but retrenchment takes place when it comes to the
-nurse. Her work seems to be the one point where economy prevails.
-
-In Baltimore, the staff nurses are paid seventy-five dollars a month,
-and this is the very least that any woman should receive. A small town
-or country community would doubtless have to pay more than this,
-especially if it looks to the city for an experienced nurse. The reason
-is simple enough—other things being equal and the character of work the
-same, one would hardly expect a nurse to prefer an unknown locality,
-away from home and friends, unless some extra inducement were offered. A
-nurse might be willing to organize work in a small city, at a low
-salary, for the sake of the experience. In that case, it is the
-experience which offers the inducement. This once gained, however, she
-would shortly be in a position to demand more salary or seek a wider
-field of service.
-
-=Increase of Salary.= The question constantly arises whether or not it
-is well to increase the salary of the staff nurse from year to year. If
-she enters the work at seventy-five dollars a month for the first year,
-is it well to increase this to eighty dollars a month for the second
-year, eighty-five dollars the third, and so on till a definite maximum
-has been reached? To this question there are two answers.
-
-Undoubtedly a nurse becomes more valuable as her experience ripens. Her
-first six months on duty are largely spent merely in acquiring
-rudimentary knowledge concerning her work. As she learns to know her
-district, her patients, the doctors, the institutions, the social
-workers, her value to the community increases. Each succeeding year,
-therefore, which increases her knowledge of social conditions, should
-make her in so far more valuable. It would seem but just, under these
-conditions, that her remuneration should be raised accordingly. But at
-this point there enters a factor which we must recognize. To specialize
-in tuberculosis work makes peculiar demands upon one’s strength. Quite
-apart from the physical strain, which is always great, it demands the
-expenditure of a vast amount of nervous force, required in the constant
-combat with opposition. For this reason it is peculiarly wearing and
-exhausting. Also, by its nature, it tends to become monotonous. These
-two factors—one of which tends to wear out the individual, the other to
-make her indifferent and stale—make us hesitate to say that the nurse’s
-value keeps increasing year after year. It undoubtedly does increase up
-to a certain point, but after that point has been reached, it tends to
-diminish. Such being the case, the obligation of raising the salary is
-debatable.
-
-Two kinds of nurses are usually found on the staff. One is the ambitious
-nurse, who comes for the experience and training, to fit herself for an
-executive position elsewhere. To such a woman, the routine of field work
-will not be desirable for long—not for more than a year or two, or until
-she has gained enough experience to prepare herself for a wider field of
-service. That point being reached, her executive ability will seek an
-outlet in work where she herself may become the organizing and directing
-force. To such a nurse, salary increase will offer no inducement, since
-she will seek that increase through work which provides greater
-opportunities and responsibilities.
-
-There is another sort of nurse on the staff however, who has no such
-ambition; no executive ability, no desire to occupy any other than a
-subordinate position. This one will never venture into a position of
-responsibility, such as her experience might warrant, but prefers
-instead the easier path, choosing to be guided rather than to guide. She
-prefers to work under direction, rather than to direct others. To such,
-an increase in salary would seem but a just reward for faithful service.
-But, as we have said before, the monotony of tuberculosis work tends to
-produce stale workers. There is danger, after a time, that the first
-alertness and energy may wear off, the nurse may settle down into a rut,
-and her daily task, though faithfully performed, tends to become one of
-mechanical routine.
-
-One of the chief duties of the superintendent is to train new nurses,
-and she should renew the personnel of her staff whenever the welfare of
-the work demands a change. Sometimes, when a nurse shows flagging energy
-and interest, sufficient stimulus may be given by removing her to
-another district, where she will encounter new patients and new
-problems, and so regain her old keenness and ability. When one once
-becomes thoroughly tired of this work, however, it is unwise and futile
-to attempt to continue it. Therefore, in the interest both of the nurse
-and of her work, it does not seem wise to offer inducements for
-prolonged service, unless the individual characteristics of any given
-nurse make this wholly desirable.
-
-=Carfare.= In addition to salary, a reasonable sum of money should be
-allowed for carfare. This allowance should vary in accordance with the
-territory to be covered, those nurses who visit in smaller areas
-naturally having a smaller allowance for the purpose. While economy in
-this matter is always necessary, it must be remembered that undue
-economy in carfare is wasteful of something still more important,—the
-nurse’s time and strength. If she is obliged to walk long distances
-between cases, this will greatly reduce the number of visits she can
-make in a day. Moreover, she will spend so much energy in mere walking
-that she will become too tired for effective teaching. Only fresh,
-energetic people can teach; those who are physically tired are apt
-unconsciously to let the obstinate patient have his own way.
-
-=Transportation.= In small towns and country districts the problem of
-transportation is often a difficult one. There are either no street
-cars, or their service is very restricted and inadequate. Under such
-circumstances it will be necessary to provide the nurse with a horse and
-runabout, especially if she is expected to cover a large territory.
-Unless there is proper provision for transportation, it will be
-impossible for her to visit the patients often enough to make any
-impression,—her teaching will be laid on too thin to have much value.
-And to depend upon haphazard, volunteer offers of transportation is
-almost as bad as to expect her to make her rounds on foot. She should be
-given proper facilities for going from case to case, and should be able
-to plan a day’s work unhampered by any considerations as to if or how
-she can reach her patients.
-
-=Telephone.= In making up the budget of necessary expenses, a reasonable
-sum should be set aside for telephone calls. The nurse has constant
-occasion to communicate with doctors, institutions, social workers, and
-so forth, and this item of expense should not come out of her own
-pocket. A careful weekly account of all expenditures, including
-telephone calls and carfare should be rendered by her.
-
-=Vacation.= A vacation of at least one month should be given during the
-year. Less than a month is not sufficient time in which to recover the
-physical and nervous energy expended during the rest of the year. This
-holiday should be taken all at one time, rather than split up into
-shorter vacations, taken at intervals throughout the year. We all know
-that a week or two is not sufficient time in which to restore a
-thoroughly tired person; at the end of such a short period, one is just
-beginning to feel rested, and there has been no margin left over for
-amusement, which is a necessary part of all holidays.
-
-Strong emphasis must be laid on the fact that if a nurse expects to
-return to her work and continue it successfully for another year, she
-should use this vacation as a means of fitting herself for another
-year’s close contact with an infectious disease. She should return to
-work thoroughly rested, with her resistance increased by rest and
-recreation, not lowered by injudicious use of this time off duty.
-
-=Sick-Leave.= While a nurse is supposed to be sufficiently well and
-strong to go on duty every day, in all weathers and at all seasons of
-the year, a reasonable allowance for illness should nevertheless be
-made. Two weeks’ annual sick-leave is a good allowance. If a woman is
-off duty for longer time than that, needless to say her work must suffer
-and her patients must be neglected. If a nurse is constantly off duty
-for small ailments, this shows that she is not strong enough to
-undertake this arduous work. A fixed allowance for sick-leave,
-therefore, will tend to work automatically, and will eliminate the
-unfit, whose burden of work is otherwise added to that of the steady
-working members of the staff.
-
-In the case of acute illness, such as typhoid fever or appendicitis, it
-would be perfectly possible to appoint a substitute until the nurse was
-able to resume her duties. If no time has been taken off for sick-leave
-during the year, the two weeks should be added to the time granted for
-vacation. If exceeded during the year, the salary for every day thus
-lost should be deducted from the monthly salary. This procedure may seem
-harsh, but with a large staff it is necessary. It places a double
-incentive on keeping well, and nurses who would otherwise have been
-thoughtless and careless as to their health, will take excellent care of
-themselves, in order not to lose one day of their coveted vacation.
-
-In Baltimore, the municipality gives two weeks’ vacation, and two weeks’
-sick-leave. If the sick-leave is unused, a reasonable vacation is the
-result.
-
-=Uniforms.= The question as to whether or not a nurse shall wear a
-uniform is one which usually excites much discussion. The one or two
-disadvantages of such a dress are more than offset by the numerous
-reasons in its favour. Two objections are usually raised to wearing it:
-by the nurse, because it makes her conspicuous; and by the patient,
-because the uniform makes him a target for neighbourly gossip.
-
-Let us consider the first objection, that made by the nurse. A nurse
-does not feel conspicuous when on duty in her district. Her busy, daily
-routine, taking her in and out of homes where she is needed, soon causes
-her to forget her personal appearance. A self-conscious woman is hardly
-the right sort for this work. The only rub comes when she is off duty
-and going to and from her district, but this cannot be held to
-constitute a serious objection.
-
-As for the patient’s objection—he would be equally conspicuous if
-regularly visited by any woman unknown to the neighbourhood, no matter
-how attired. Prying eyes would recognize her as an alien, and the
-neighbours would speculate accordingly. We have often heard of patients
-who for fear of what the neighbours would say objected to being visited
-by agents of the Charity Organization Society. Yet the agents of that
-Organization wear no sort of uniform. The truth is, it is usually really
-the visit itself which is objected to, rather than the costume of the
-visitor—the costume merely serving as an excuse. On analysing the
-objections of a group of patients who disliked the uniform, they were
-found to be, without exception, patients who strongly resented every
-suggestion made to them. Their one desire was to be let alone, to be as
-careless as they chose.
-
-On the other hand, the advantages of the uniform are many. In the first
-place, all effective care given to a consumptive has to include nursing
-as well as teaching. Now, one can “educate” in a woollen dress, but one
-certainly cannot give bed-baths in anything but a cotton dress, which
-can be plunged into a tub and washed. And whether she enters the home to
-give a bed-bath, or whether she goes in merely to distribute
-prophylactic supplies, the fact remains that a nurse spends some eight
-hours a day in contact with an infectious disease. Good technique
-demands that she be dressed in washable material.
-
-In summer, a dress of washable material is not conspicuous. In winter,
-it may be covered with a long coat. And if we admit that such a dress is
-necessary, what objection can there be to making it of simple and
-uniform design? A single nurse so arrayed looks neat and business-like;
-a staff of nurses looks equally so. Moreover, uniformity of dress
-suggests uniformity of method, standard, and character of work, and
-hence inspires confidence. A staff of nurses, each one dressed according
-to the hazard of her own fancy, would hardly create the same impression.
-
-In itself, the uniform is a protection to its wearer. It enables her to
-go freely and without molestation into all kinds of tenements and
-lodging houses, into side alleys and back streets. The well-known dress
-surrounds her with recognition, affection, and respect.
-
-The uniform is also of value to the patients and to their friends. It
-enables them to recognize the nurse as she passes, and to call upon her
-as she goes by.
-
-The uniform worn in Baltimore consists of a plain shirtwaist suit, worn
-with white linen collar and black necktie. The dress is made of blue
-denim, such as is used for overalls. Denim of this sort has two sides, a
-light and a dark; the dress is made up with the light side out, as in
-washing it seems to “do up” better than the darker side. Black sailor
-hats are worn, and in winter long, dark coats protect the dresses. This
-uniform is not necessarily the last word as to what a uniform should be,
-but it is simple and inexpensive, and the nurses look well in it.
-
-=Badges.= The staff of a municipal nursing force is usually provided
-with badges to denote that they are connected with the Health
-Department. These badges should never be worn conspicuously, although
-they should be readily accessible. They are only occasionally needed,
-however, as when entering some lodging or rooming houses, or houses of
-prostitution, or other places where there may be marked opposition. To
-show them when entering a private home would be bad policy. A nurse
-usually enters a private house as a friend, but a public house she is
-sometimes obliged to enter in her official capacity. In dealing with all
-her patients, however, no matter where they are situated, the less show
-made of officialdom the better. By the time her patient finds out that
-she is connected with the Health Department, she should be already
-firmly established as his friend, and then the discovery will have no
-terrors. Indeed, at that stage, it very often enhances her value, and
-patients often feel intense pride at being visited by the “city nurse.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
- Object of Work—Districts—Hours on Duty—Number of Daily Visits—The
- Nurse’s Office—Lunch and the Noon Hour—Bags—Prophylactic
- Supplies—Cups, Fillers, and Napkins—Disinfectant—Waterproof
- Pockets—Books of Instruction—Stocking the Bag and Distributing
- Supplies—Nursing Supplies.
-
-
-=Object of Work.= The object of tuberculosis nursing is the home
-supervision of all persons suffering from pulmonary tuberculosis. This
-supervision should include patients in all stages of the disease, and
-not be limited to those who are in some particular stage, such as early,
-in contradistinction to advanced, cases. No organization which expects
-to do effective work should deal with one class of patients alone, since
-the boundary lines between the different stages are constantly shifting;
-the ambulatory case of to-day may be the bed-ridden case of to-morrow,
-and _vice versa_, and any attempt to limit the nurse to one class or the
-other would mean neglect of both. Unless the work is planned on such
-inclusive lines, it will be necessary to place a second organization in
-the field, to care for those cases which have been thrown out by the
-first. Policy of this sort would mean a number of similar organizations,
-duplicating and overlapping each other’s work at every turn. Thus, in
-the same household, we should see the early, ambulatory patient
-“advised” by the nurse of one organization, while the advanced,
-bed-ridden, more infectious case is being bathed and cared for by the
-nurse from another. Invidious comparisons would doubtless be made by the
-family, with the decision in favour of “deeds, not words.” True, there
-would be co-operation between these two societies,—which would mean, as
-a rule, double work, duplication of visits, endless transferring of
-cases backwards and forwards, and opening and closing of records. From
-whatever point of view we consider it, this is a very poor plan of work,
-and a wasteful method. The nurse should be in a position to follow the
-fortunes of her patients for months and years. Any scheme which involves
-transferring him to a stranger, from an old friend to a new, at the
-moment when he slips from an early into a most infectious stage, is to
-lose sight of him and of his family at a most critical time.
-
-Adequate supervision means that the nurse must teach, nurse, and ferret
-out patients, and her patients must include advanced, early, and
-suspicious cases. The care should be of two kinds—instruction as to the
-nature of tuberculosis, with general teaching along the lines of
-prevention and prophylaxis; as well as actual nursing service, rendered
-to advanced and bed-ridden cases. The Baltimore nurses take charge of
-all tuberculous patients, in whatever stage, and we feel that this is
-the most effective way to carry on the work.
-
-=Districts.= A small town, of course, constitutes but one district in
-itself. A larger town may be divided into two or three districts; a
-city, into as many as may be necessary. The principles upon which the
-work is conducted are the same in each case. The nurse is responsible
-for every consumptive in her district, and her constant endeavour should
-be to bring under supervision every case of tuberculosis that exists.
-She must visit all patients referred to her—give them instruction,
-prophylactic supplies, and nursing care; unearth suspicious cases and
-send them to a physician for diagnosis; secure hospital or sanatorium
-treatment for those who are eligible, and arrange all details connected
-with their admission. To accomplish these duties, she must know the
-physicians of her district, the dispensaries and institutions where she
-may send her patients, the philanthropic or relief-giving agencies whose
-aid is so often needed, and all social workers whose co-operation is
-necessary for the furtherance of the work in hand.
-
-=Hours on Duty.= Eight hours should constitute the working day, from
-eight or nine in the morning, till four or five in the afternoon. With a
-large staff, the day will probably not begin till 9 A.M., while a single
-nurse, in a small community, may prefer to begin earlier and so finish
-earlier, especially in summer. It is a mistake to work overtime, no
-matter how interested and enthusiastic one may be. A peculiarity of
-tuberculosis work is its unending character—there is always more to do
-than can be crowded into the longest day, and even after working ten,
-twelve, fourteen hours, one would always feel that some important thing
-was being left undone. It is well to recognize this fact in the
-beginning, although the temptation to make “just one more” visit is
-often hard to resist. The nurse who habitually works overtime only wears
-herself out the faster, and in the end her patients will suffer through
-her loss of health and energy.
-
-=Number of Daily Visits.= This is a variable factor, and depends in
-great measure upon the size of the district, as well as the number of
-patients it contains. The character of the service rendered also
-determines the number of visits, as new patients and bed-ridden patients
-always demand considerable time. If a nurse calls on ten patients in a
-block, and finds none of them in, she naturally can make more visits
-than when compelled to spend a long time in each house. As in everything
-else, it is the quality that counts, rather than the quantity; the day
-which shows few visits may have been spent more profitably than that on
-which she scored a high total. There is no general rule as to a nurse’s
-capacity, yet it is always well to suspect the value of a large total of
-daily visits; if a nurse dashes in and out of a house, spending but a
-few moments with her patients, she has probably done her work so
-superficially that nothing has been accomplished.
-
-On the other hand, some nurses pay far too few visits because they have
-no head for planning their work, but linger, past all necessity, over
-unimportant details. To judge if a district is being properly visited,
-the superintendent should know the district, and she should also know
-her nurse’s capacity. To estimate the value of the day’s work by the
-number of visits alone, is like those societies who reckon their value
-by the number of pieces of literature they distribute, totally
-regardless as to whether any of it bears fruit.
-
-Roughly speaking, each patient should be visited once a week; failing
-this, once every ten days or two weeks. In a few exceptional instances,
-this time between visits may be still further extended, but this should
-happen only when the patient is doing extremely well, following all the
-rules, and giving efficient and intelligent co-operation. There are not
-many patients in this class—for the average, supervision to be adequate
-must be frequent.
-
-Very ill patients, however, must be seen two or three times a week—every
-day would not be too often, did the work permit. Unfortunately, if the
-visiting list is large, these sick patients can be visited only at the
-expense of other cases better able to take care of themselves. For this
-reason, the visits to ambulatory patients may become as infrequent as
-once every three weeks. If the visiting list grows so large that these
-infrequent visits are all that the nurse can give, then her instruction
-is laid on so thin as to be nearly worthless, a condition of affairs
-which calls for another nurse.
-
-=The Nurse’s Office.= An office is a necessity for the nurse as a place
-where she may keep her nursing and prophylactic supplies, and at which
-she will report at certain hours of the day, say at 9 A.M., at lunch
-time, and possibly again in the afternoon before going off duty. At
-certain specified hours, therefore, it will be possible to reach her,
-either in person or by telephone, and her office hours should be known
-to doctors, social workers, patients, or to any who have need to call
-upon her. In a small town or country district, there will of course be
-only one office, but in a city it will be necessary to have several
-branch offices, accessible to the nurses of the different districts.
-These branch offices should be situated on the border lines of two or
-three adjoining districts, so that one office may be used in common by
-several nurses. In a city there is also the central office, from which
-the superintendent directs the work, and where the staff nurses report
-daily.
-
-In Baltimore[2] these branch offices are usually in the same building
-which houses a branch of the Federated Charities, the branch office of
-the Visiting Nurse Association, the Infant Welfare Association, and
-other similar agencies. In this way, the various social workers learn to
-know each other, and to secure close co-operation and understanding. The
-different agencies, however, each have their separate rooms or offices.
-
-Footnote 2:
-
- Baltimore is divided into sixteen nursing districts, with eight branch
- offices or sub-stations, for the use of the sixteen nurses.
-
-The nurse’s office should be simply but comfortably furnished. It is
-used for several purposes—as a store room for supplies, and as a rest
-room, where she takes her lunch and spends an hour off duty in the
-middle of the day. The furniture should consist of a large writing
-table, which may also be used for a dining table; chairs, a lounge or
-couch, and a small gas stove or Bunsen burner for cooking simple meals.
-If there is no available closet, there will have to be a commodious
-cupboard for storing the prophylactic supplies. A large stock of these
-must always be kept on hand, so that the nurse may refill her bag before
-starting out again on her afternoon rounds. A telephone in the office,
-or at least in the same building, is of course necessary.
-
-=Lunch and the Noon Hour.= It is not within the province of a
-superintendent to dictate to her nurses as to what they shall eat. The
-association, be it private or municipal, furnishes the office and the
-hour, but the nurse must provide her own lunch and select it according
-to her fancy. A word, however, in regard to this lunch. It should be as
-nourishing as possible, and should consist of such wholesome food as
-eggs, milk, cocoa, and so forth. If a nurse substitutes a pint of milk
-for a cup of tea or coffee, she is wise.
-
-In addition to nourishing, wholesome food (in contradistinction to
-unprofitable pie and buns from the neighbouring bakeshop), a short
-period of relaxation on the lounge or couch is a wise way in which to
-spend a portion of the noon hour. In dealing with tuberculosis, food and
-rest are necessary to keep one strong and well, and no nurse can afford
-to trifle with her health when engaged in this serious work. On no
-account should the noon hour be cut short, no matter how little tired
-she may be. Better work can be done if one is well fed and rested.
-
-=Bags.= The association which employs the nurse should also provide her
-with the bag for carrying the supplies. The kind of bag needed is a much
-discussed question. It should be strong, even though this necessitates
-its being heavy. There is no other way out of it—for unless the bag has
-the first qualification, strength, the weight of the supplies will soon
-wear it out. Very light bags are not practical.
-
-The bags used in Baltimore are made somewhat like the ordinary Boston
-bag, about fourteen inches long, and of good black leather. They weigh a
-few more ounces than those used by other associations, but they last
-longer. It must also be remembered that the bag used by the tuberculosis
-nurse, no matter how heavy it is when she starts forth on her rounds,
-grows lighter and lighter as she goes from house to house, leaving the
-supplies. Thus, at the end of the day, when she is most tired, it is
-practically empty.
-
-=Prophylactic Supplies.= The prophylactic supplies used for the patients
-consist of tin sputum cups, cardboard fillers, paper napkins, waterproof
-pockets, disinfectant, and books of instruction. The first three are of
-primary importance. The Health Department of a community usually
-provides these supplies, even when the nursing work is carried on by a
-private association. Thus, in Baltimore, where for six years the
-tuberculosis work was done by the Visiting Nurse Association, an
-arrangement was entered into between this Association and the State
-Board of Health, according to which, the latter paid for and provided
-the supplies which the nurses distributed. The only condition imposed
-was that each case should be reported to the Health Department, and that
-the Health Department should be constantly advised as to the number of
-cases under supervision. If no such arrangement is possible, then the
-private association supporting the nurse must be put to the additional
-expense of buying the supplies.
-
-It is impossible to make the patients themselves pay for them.
-Naturally, they consider them a nuisance and a bother, and it is
-difficult enough to persuade them to use them, even when given free. The
-cost is not great, however.
-
- Tin sputum cups, (in lots of 5000) 7 cents apiece.
- Fillers, (in lots of 1,000,000) $3.50 per thousand.
- Paper napkins, (in lots of 5,000,000) $.55 per thousand.
- Disinfectant, 10 cents a bottle.
- Waterproof pockets 4 cents apiece.
- Books of instruction 2 or 3 cents apiece.
-
-=Disinfectant.= The most expensive of the supplies is the disinfectant,
-which is also probably the least valuable. That used in Baltimore is a
-special preparation, consisting largely of creolin; it is put up in pint
-bottles by one of the large wholesale drug houses. For use, it is
-diluted in water, a tablespoonful to a pint, and used in wiping up
-floors, furniture, and so forth. It is of necessity too dilute to have
-much germicidal action, and the patients place far too much reliance
-upon its odor—which, to the ignorant mind, is of prime importance.
-Although we use this disinfectant, we prefer to teach our patients that
-better results may be obtained by the lavish use of hot water, brown
-soap, and a scrubbing brush, and that thorough cleaning of this kind is
-of more value than the most malodorous drug ever dispensed. Disinfectant
-to be of real use must be strong and powerful, and it is dangerous to
-distribute such powerful drugs promiscuously. Several of our patients
-have tried to commit suicide by drinking even the weak preparation that
-we gave them. On the whole, we believe that an anti-tuberculosis society
-would lose nothing by omitting disinfectant from its list of
-prophylactic supplies, and better results could be obtained by
-substituting a thorough grounding as to the value of soap and water.
-
-=Waterproof Pockets.= These are little calico bags, dipped in paraffin,
-or some similar preparation which makes them fairly waterproof. These
-are pinned inside the coat pocket, and the patient uses them as a
-receptacle for his soiled napkins, when he is out on the street, or in
-other places where he cannot carry his sputum cup. The napkins are
-burned upon his return.
-
-=Books of Instruction.= These little books are more or less valuable,
-but are by no means intended to take the place of the verbal instruction
-which it is the nurse’s duty to give. They serve merely to refresh the
-memory after she has gone. They can be procured at small cost through
-the various anti-tuberculosis organizations, and most Boards of Health
-print them for their own distribution. The best of them are inadequate.
-
-=Stocking the Bag and Distributing Supplies.= When the nurse starts
-forth on her morning rounds, her bag should contain enough supplies for
-the patients she proposes to call on. Each should be given enough to
-last until her next arrival. It is sometimes possible to direct either
-the patient himself, or some member of his family, to come to the office
-and get a fresh stock whenever necessary. By putting this slight
-responsibility on the family, it is made to realize how necessary are
-these supplies, but it should not relieve the nurse of her obligation to
-visit such a household, and keep it under as close observation as any
-other case. If a nurse thus trains a certain number of patients to come
-themselves for the supplies, she will be able to reserve the contents of
-her satchel for those patients who cannot call for them, or who are too
-indifferent to do so.
-
-Supplies should always be given out freely, and the patient should not
-feel that he is put under any obligation by accepting them. They are
-intended for his personal use and convenience, and he should be made to
-realize this. Otherwise, some patients may hesitate to accept all that
-they really need. If a patient needs four or five fillers a day, he
-should unquestionably have them—otherwise he may practise small
-economies which will mean unnecessary exposure for his family. On the
-other hand, the nurse must see that the supplies are used for the
-purpose intended—we have sometimes known handkerchiefs used as a
-decoration for kitchen shelves, simply because the nurse had given away
-far more than was necessary.
-
-=Nursing Supplies.= In addition to the prophylactic supplies, the bag
-also contains a number of articles used in caring for bed-ridden or very
-ill cases. Naturally, these articles are not given to the patients, but
-are used from case to case, as necessity arises. They include a bottle
-of alcohol, boracic ointment, talcum powder, gauze, adhesive strapping,
-absorbent cotton, and a thermometer. The nurse should always carry an
-apron, to be worn when doing any nursing work.
-
-The most common dressing is that of bedsores; many patients with
-pleurisy have to be strapped; others have drainage tubes, which must be
-taken out and cleaned. These extensive dressings are not those which the
-nurse should properly be required to attend to, since a patient ill
-enough to require an extensive dressing, is a patient who should be sent
-to a hospital. Hospital accommodation, however, is unfortunately very
-limited, and the nurse is often obliged to do these dressings while
-waiting for a vacancy to occur. It is no part of the programme to keep
-these advanced cases at home rather than in an institution; on the
-contrary, the nurse must make every effort to get them away—but until
-this can be accomplished, it is her duty to care for them at home.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
-
- Records and Reports—The Patient’s Chart—Closing the Chart—The Card
- Index—Nurse’s Daily Report Sheet—Weekly and Monthly
- Reports—Examination of Charts.
-
-
-=Records and Reports.= Every association, whether it be private or
-municipal, supporting one nurse or fifty, should keep careful records
-concerning its patients, and concerning its nurses’ work. These two sets
-of records should dovetail and form a cross file; by looking at the
-patient’s chart, one should be able to note the condition of each
-individual case, and how often and on what dates he was visited. By
-looking at the nurse’s record, one should be able to know exactly how
-she had employed every moment of her day, and to see the number of
-patients she had visited during the course of it. The patients’ charts
-account for the patients—the nurse’s daily report accounts for her work
-among them.
-
-=The Patient’s Chart.= Each patient should have a chart made out for him
-at the moment when he is taken on the visiting list. This also applies
-to suspects, or those for whom the diagnosis is not positive, but whom
-the nurse is required to visit and care for. This also applies to those
-moribund patients, who may live but a few hours after being reported,
-and who die before a second visit can be made. Whether he has been on
-the list a year or an hour, it is necessary to account for every patient
-who passes under supervision, and to record the result in each case.
-Unless this is done, accurately and promptly, it will be impossible to
-estimate the amount of work, and its value to the community.
-
-The patient’s chart should contain name, sex, age, colour, address,
-occupation, social status (married, single, or widowed), and a brief
-history concerning the onset and progress of his disease. These charts
-may be as simple or as elaborate as one desires. Herewith is submitted a
-specimen chart, such as are used in Baltimore; they are not perfect, nor
-the acme of all that is or might be desirable in a record of this kind,
-but they have proved simple and fairly satisfactory. There is much left
-out which with advantage might have been added, but in this connection
-it is well to remember that an elaborate and exhaustive history, one
-demanding dozens of intimate details, is apt to alarm the patient
-excessively. To collect exhaustive statistics would be valuable for the
-sociologist, but to do so at the expense of the patients’ confidence and
-trust would be to defeat the object of the work itself.
-
-[Illustration: Patient’s Chart. Cardboard, five by eight inches]
-
-[Illustration: Reverse side of Patient’s Chart, showing spaces for
-recording visits. The Second Chart Sheets are similar to this, but alike
-on both sides]
-
-The reverse side of this chart contains spaces in which each visit may
-be recorded. Sometimes these charts are kept up for months and years,
-and it is therefore necessary to have what are called second
-sheets—alike on both sides, and resembling the reverse side of the first
-sheet, which contains the patient’s history. These sheets are fastened
-together, and the chart of a chronic case may thus record hundreds of
-visits. Each nurse is responsible for keeping up the charts of all
-patients under her supervision. The notes should be carefully recorded
-at the end of each day’s work, for it is bad policy to let this charting
-accumulate for even two or three days. The entries should be brief and
-concise, and should describe the patient’s condition, or the work done
-for him.
-
-Each nurse should have a filing box or drawer in which to keep these
-charts; they should be arranged in alphabetical order, and kept at the
-central office, where the superintendent may have ready access to them.
-These charts are the property of the association, and under no
-circumstances are to be removed from the central office. The nurse may
-make her entries upon them either at the end of the day’s work, or
-before she goes on duty the next morning.
-
-=Closing the Chart.= Patients are removed from the visiting list when
-they die, or when they are discharged. They are discharged only for one
-of three reasons—either they leave the city, or they move and their
-address is lost, or they prove not to be tuberculous. When a patient
-dies or is discharged, a suitable entry is made on his chart, which is
-then turned in to the superintendent of nurses, or to whomever is
-responsible for the records. If there is only one nurse, it is of course
-her duty to file these closed histories. These records should be rich
-mines of sociological information, and should contain valuable material
-for those who have access to them, such as municipal authorities,
-physicians, and social workers. Except for the access allowed to these,
-the files should be confidential.
-
-=The Card Index.= All offices should contain a card index, giving the
-name and address of each patient under supervision. Change of address
-should always be noted, since it is only by means of this card index
-that the particular chart desired can be referred to. For example: the
-card index contains the names of some 3000 cases, all under supervision,
-and each one having its own chart. The charts themselves, however, are
-distributed among the filing boxes of several nurses. If particulars are
-wanted concerning John Doe, it would be necessary to turn first to the
-card index, find his address and the district in which he lives, and
-then turn to the filing box of that district and take out the chart. If
-it were not for the card index, it would be necessary to search through
-all the filing boxes before finding the desired chart.
-
-[Illustration: Card, three by five inches, used in Card Index]
-
-As the discharged charts are handed in, the corresponding card in the
-index is withdrawn and filed away in a drawer containing either the dead
-or the discharged cases according to circumstances. This is a very
-simple way of keeping records, and of balancing from day to day the
-number of patients on the visiting list. This balance may be made every
-week or every month, as desired, for it is a simple method and reduces
-to a minimum the opportunities for mistakes in addition and subtraction.
-Needless to say, no one but the superintendent or her secretary should
-have access to, or touch these files in any way.
-
-=Nurse’s Daily Report Sheet.= Beside the patients’ charts, the nurse
-must fill in a day sheet, or daily report of her work, to be handed to
-the superintendent, or to whomever she is responsible. This sheet
-accounts for her time and occupation all through the day. Beginning with
-the time she goes on duty in the morning, she will record each visit to
-each patient, the service rendered, and the time spent on him. She will
-also record the time she reached her office for lunch, and the time she
-left it for her afternoon rounds, also the hour at which she went off
-duty for the day. A record of this kind means additional clerical work,
-but how else is the nurse to account for her day? And be it noted, it is
-always a satisfaction to the nurse to place on record the summary of her
-day’s work.
-
-[Illustration: Nurse’s Daily Report Sheet, seven by nine inches]
-
-This daily report sheet is of great value to the superintendent: without
-it, there is no way in which she can estimate either the quality or the
-quantity of each nurse’s work. A glance at the report will show whether
-the day has been light or heavy; it will show the number of new patients
-and ill patients, and how many bed-baths and dressings were given; how
-much time was spent in calling on doctors, dispensaries, social workers,
-and so forth, and arranging houses for fumigation. In short, a record of
-this kind shows the day’s work at a glance, and is the only way in which
-it can be satisfactorily accounted for, and if necessary verified.
-
-[Illustration: Day Sheet, used for summarizing the day’s work. From this
-sheet the weekly and monthly reports are made out]
-
-True, this information may be obtained by going over the charts one by
-one, and verifying the records made upon them. But this is a clumsy and
-laborious way of doing it. If a nurse has two hundred charts in her box,
-and pays fifteen visits a day, it would be necessary to search through
-the whole boxful of charts in order to find the fifteen cases visited. A
-day sheet therefore, is not only a simple and practical way of recording
-a day’s work, but it is a protection both to the nurse and the work
-itself.
-
-=Weekly and Monthly Reports.= From her daily report sheet, the nurse
-should make up a weekly or monthly report, to be turned in at specified
-intervals. This weekly or monthly balance sheet should be presented to
-the superintendent, or to the officers of the association to whom the
-nurse is responsible. Herewith is given a sample of the monthly report
-cards used in Baltimore, but again attention is called to the fact that
-these are not the last word in desirability. In using them as models,
-they would of course be altered to meet local needs or conditions, and
-enlarged or changed to suit other requirements. These monthly reports
-should be carefully filed away; they are needed for the construction of
-the annual report, and it may be necessary to refer to them on other
-occasions.
-
-[Illustration: Card, four by six inches, used for summarizing the weekly
-and monthly reports]
-
-=Examination of Charts.= One of the duties of the superintendent is to
-examine the patients’ charts from time to time, to see how well the
-nurses do the clerical work, which is quite as important as the visiting
-itself. By carefully examining the charts, the superintendent is able to
-call the nurse’s attention to any lapses in them—incomplete histories,
-long intervals between visits, and so forth. If, for any reason, the
-nurse allows considerable time to elapse between her visits to a
-patient, the reasons for this should be fully noted on his chart. For
-example: some one wants to know when Mrs. Jones was last visited. On
-looking at the chart, we find the last visit was made on June first—and
-it is now August first. A two-months’ gap between visits looks like
-careless and inattentive work. The nurse, being questioned, however, is
-able to give a satisfactory explanation—Mrs. Jones had gone to pick
-berries, leaving the city the first of June, and not due to return till
-the first of September. This important fact, however, should have been
-noted on the chart, since it is almost as careless not to have made this
-entry, as it would have been to neglect the patient for so long a time.
-If a chart is to have any value, it should tell its own story, briefly
-and clearly.
-
-These charts, therefore, should be examined every two or three weeks. It
-is the duty of the superintendent to go over these records, just as it
-is her duty to make rounds from time to time among the patients, and
-visit them in their homes. This is done by the superintendent, not in a
-spirit of distrust or suspicion, but because she is the person
-responsible for the work, and it is her duty to oversee it, and bring it
-to its highest degree of efficiency.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
- Finding Patients and Building up the Visiting List—Increasing the
- Visiting List—Social Workers—Dispensaries—Patients’ Family and
- Friends—Nurses’ Cases—Physicians.
-
-
-=Finding Patients and Building up the Visiting List.= The first thing
-for a nurse to do when she begins her work in a new community is to find
-the patients she is to instruct and care for. And the question naturally
-arises; how are these patients to be discovered?
-
-The campaign of propaganda concerning the need of tuberculosis work has
-aroused the interest of people of all classes. The funds to support the
-nurse are evidence of this. But the people who pay the bills are not
-those who can produce the patients. To get in touch with the patients,
-it is necessary to approach people of another class, those whose work
-brings them in contact with the very poor. For, as a rule, in beginning
-tuberculosis work, it is only patients of the poorest class who find
-their way to the nurse’s visiting list. Later, as the work becomes more
-firmly established, and better known and understood, her visiting list
-will include not only the poor, but those in well-to-do and comfortable
-circumstances.
-
-The Board of Managers of the new association may interest themselves in
-finding the patients, but in the end it is the nurse herself upon whom
-this responsibility rests. Upon her initiative and ability depends the
-success of the work. Her first step, therefore, should be to call upon
-all those who can in any way be of service, and who can direct her to
-the patients she is anxious to reach. She should call upon the
-physicians of the community, the dispensaries and hospitals (if there
-are any), social workers, such as the agents of charitable associations;
-priests, clergymen, and all those who come into contact with the
-suffering and the destitute. Her visits should be made in person, since
-a personal interview makes a stronger appeal to the memory of the busy
-man than the most convincing letter or the most eloquent report. This
-involves one great reason why the nurse should be thoroughly equipped in
-character and training; the colourless, uneducated, unconvincing woman
-carries with her no conviction, and inspires no confidence either in
-herself, or in what she proposes to do. A physician may well hesitate
-about turning over his patients to a woman who is unable to put her case
-before him.
-
-It may be that considerable time will thus have to be spent in calling
-upon all those likely to know of tuberculous patients, and therefore
-able to furnish the nurse with the necessary names and addresses. That
-the response is not great should cause no discouragement. As we have
-said elsewhere, the tuberculosis death-rate, multiplied by five, will
-give a conservative estimate of the number of tuberculous individuals in
-a community. It is the nurse’s duty to unearth them. They exist—she must
-find them, and the greater the obstacles, the greater the incentive to
-overcome them. The total result of a two or three weeks’ campaign may be
-a mere handful of cases reluctantly handed over by a few physicians, and
-a few undiagnosed suspects, reported by an earnest priest. In this way
-the visiting list is begun.
-
-=Increasing the Visiting List.= To increase the visiting list—that is,
-to bring under her care an increasingly larger proportion of the total
-number of tuberculous patients, even though the list becomes so large
-and unwieldy that she cannot manage it, should be the ambition of every
-tuberculosis nurse. At present, in every city in the country, there is
-so much undiscovered and unreported tuberculosis, that the failure of
-the nurse to increase the visiting list is an indication of poor work,
-not an indication that a full round-up has been made of all those
-suffering from this disease. This is especially true in a new community;
-a small or stationary visiting list is a sure sign, not necessarily of
-lazy or unconscientious work, but at least that the undertaking is being
-managed by someone who does not know how.
-
-To illustrate this: A nurse is sent to a certain house, to see a
-specified patient. She does her work well—gives him a bed-bath, shows
-the family what to do, and makes considerable impression along lines of
-general hygiene. As far as it goes, her work is satisfactory and good.
-Another nurse, however, sent into this same house, would not only do all
-these things equally well, but, in addition, she would discover that the
-patient’s wife was coughing and probably infected, while his old mother,
-retired in the chimney-corner, was in even worse plight than the patient
-himself. These suspects, therefore, she sends to the dispensary, where
-her suspicions are confirmed by the doctor’s findings. Thus, if a
-community possesses a nurse of the first type, it may rejoice to find
-the amount of tuberculosis so small. If, on the other hand, it has a
-woman of the second type, it will become alarmed and anxious at the
-increasing number of patients who need care and control.
-
-Nothing should diminish the enthusiasm for gaining new patients. The
-mere fact that a nurse has more than she can manage should never deter
-her from continually trying to find more. More patients, more patients,
-and even then, more patients, should be her constant aim—and then the
-chances are that she has not found all that exist. In Baltimore, when
-pioneer work was begun under the Visiting Nurse Association, that
-organization had a visiting list of some 1700 consumptive patients,
-divided among five nurses. As five nurses represented the largest number
-the Association could support, and as 1700 patients was only about
-one-fourth of those who needed care and attention, some other method of
-caring for the latter had to be devised. It was at this critical moment
-that the Health Department was persuaded to assume the tuberculosis work
-of the private association, and to incorporate it as part of the city
-machinery. If the need for this transfer had never been proved, it is
-hardly possible that the change would have been made. If the first
-nurses had confined their visits to the patients they could reasonably
-manage, and had refused to accept others, it would have been impossible
-to prove how great the number of infectious patients was, and how
-inadequate the care given them by the five struggling nurses of the
-private association. Therefore, each community which undertakes
-tuberculosis work should endeavour to unearth all the cases that exist,
-if for no other reason than to show the size of the problem, and the
-necessity of adequate measures for handling it. New patients, positive
-and suspicious, should be sought for from every possible source. This is
-better policy than to confine the work to the conscientious care of a
-handful of manageable cases.
-
-=Social Workers.= The agents of the Charity Organization Society, or
-similar associations, continually come across cases of tuberculosis. The
-new nurse should canvass all these agencies, and ask that all cases of
-this kind be referred to her. If a case is not positively diagnosed,
-that should be no drawback to reporting it; while the agents of these
-associations are laymen and therefore not able to make diagnoses,
-laymen, nevertheless, are able to make very shrewd guesses. It is the
-nurse’s duty to take charge of these doubtful cases, and get them
-examined and diagnosed by the proper agencies. The mere fact that a
-patient presents suggestive symptoms makes it all the more urgent that
-he be examined as soon as possible, and lack of positive diagnosis
-should be no reason for the agent to withhold, or for the nurse to
-refuse to take charge of, such a case. To visit a suspect does not
-necessarily classify him as a consumptive, while not to visit him might
-be to deprive him of assistance at a most critical time.
-
-In finding cases, extensive co-operation should be invited; almost every
-one whose work brings him into contact with numbers of people, knows one
-or two among them who are tuberculous. Thus settlement workers, school
-teachers, school attendance officers, juvenile court officers,
-clergymen, Salvation Army workers, and so forth, are all people whose
-aid and interest should be solicited. It makes no difference whether or
-not the case is positively diagnosed—any sick person, with the symptoms
-of a consumptive, is a person whose case should be looked into. It is
-the nurse’s business to obtain the diagnosis.
-
-=Dispensaries.= If there is a hospital or dispensary (not necessarily a
-tuberculosis dispensary), the nurse should visit these institutions and
-ask to have all positive and suspicious cases referred to her. Since the
-patients who come to these places are usually those of the poorer
-classes, the doctors will not be likely to object to giving their names
-to the nurse. Indeed, they may be glad to accept the assistance she
-offers. One visit to these institutions, however, is not enough. Every
-week or two the nurse must present herself and renew her request for
-patients—she must not trust to the busy physician to report them by
-letter or telephone. Even when tuberculosis work is conducted on a large
-scale, as in Baltimore, it is always part of the nurse’s duty to visit
-these institutions regularly, to remind the doctors of their existence
-and of their unquenchable desire for more patients.
-
-=Patients’ Families and Friends.= After the nurse is well established,
-and her position in the community recognized and assured, she will find
-that a certain number of new cases are referred to her through the
-families and friends of those already on her visiting list. This is a
-high tribute, and should be valued accordingly. She should not rely
-entirely upon this voluntary assistance, however, but from time to time
-should question her patients, and find out whether they have any friends
-who are ill, who would like to be visited. Surprising revelations often
-follow. There was in Baltimore one old coloured woman who took special
-pride in discovering patients, and who made an indefatigable agent in
-hunting up cases in the neighbourhood. The accuracy of her diagnosis was
-wonderful—her son had died of tuberculosis, so she knew all the
-symptoms, and she did not refer us to a single case, which, upon
-examination, failed to be tuberculous. We must remember that while in
-its early stages tuberculosis is difficult to detect, when it is so
-advanced that a layman can recognize it, in nine times out of ten he is
-right. And as these advanced cases are the chief distributors of the
-disease, the alert nurse should be keen to learn of these patients
-through any source that presents itself. Of course many calls from such
-sources send one on mere wild-goose chases, but it is better to go on a
-dozen fruitless errands, than to overlook one real case of tuberculosis.
-
-=Nurse’s Cases.= A large proportion of her cases will be unearthed by
-the nurse herself. In Baltimore, the nurses themselves discover nearly
-thirty-three per cent. of the cases under supervision. Thus, on being
-sent to see a certain patient, before her visit is over the nurse may
-discover one or two others of the family whose condition is such as to
-call for immediate examination. The nurse should look with suspicion
-upon every member of a household which has been exposed to tuberculosis.
-The prolonged and intimate contact which is necessary for the
-transmission of this disease has unfortunately, in most families,
-existed for months before her arrival. The nurse should be particularly
-keen in questioning the parents of tuberculous children since it is from
-the parents that most children contract this disease.
-
-=Physicians.= In considering the various sources from which patients are
-recruited, we have purposely left until the last that which most people
-would have deemed the first and most important source of all, namely,
-the physicians of a community. While the medical profession has blazed
-the way, and has indicated the paths along which the work must be
-carried on, it is unfortunately only the greater men in the profession
-who have done this. The others, through ignorance, through indifference,
-or through that spirit which according to Dr. Cabot makes medicine “the
-greatest profession, the meanest of trades,” have succeeded in placing
-effective if temporary barriers in the path of the anti-tuberculosis
-worker. The rigid adherence to the old Hippocratic oath, by which the
-physician was sworn to keep inviolate the confidence of his patient, and
-to place foremost the welfare of the individual, has for the most part
-been very nobly lived up to. This oath, however, antedates our knowledge
-concerning infectious and communicable disease. With the knowledge as to
-the nature of transmissible diseases, there has come a change in medical
-ethics, a change manifested by laws in which the welfare of the
-community is placed above that of the individual. We see this reflected
-in the regulations governing diphtheria, smallpox, scarlet fever, and so
-forth—diseases which are distinctly the concern of the community, as
-well as of the patient himself. But with tuberculosis, which has but
-recently become recognized as a communicable disease, we find a halting
-reluctance to consider anything but the rights of the individual. This
-feeling is particularly strong among physicians of an older generation,
-hold-overs from a passing régime. To such as these the nurse is nothing
-less than an impertinence. Even if physicians of this sort are unable to
-see their patients oftener than once or twice a year, or know them to be
-in need of supplies which the nurse will gladly furnish, they refuse to
-call upon her, and consider her advent as intolerable.
-
-Again, there are physicians who do not object to the nurse on this
-score, but who resent her as a subtle menace to their practice. They
-feel that if a layman is able to preach rest, fresh air, and food, and
-distribute prophylactic supplies, that the ground will be cut out from
-under them, and that they will lose a chronic and fairly lucrative class
-of patients. As a matter of fact, the physician who preaches this simple
-doctrine has nothing to fear from the tuberculosis nurse—if her words
-echo his they only add force.
-
-There are other physicians, however, who have received an inferior
-medical education; they are neither sure of themselves, nor able to
-diagnose tuberculosis until it is in an advanced state. These object to
-the nurse on the ground, implied rather than expressed, that she is
-supervising and criticizing their work, and this self-consciousness
-often takes the form of a violent antagonism. It is always the badly
-trained physician who fears the well-trained nurse.
-
-Furthermore, there are certain practitioners who frankly exploit their
-patients. They may be competent enough but they are in medicine to make
-a living, and are often brutally unethical as to how this is done. If
-through self-interest it seem best to them to withhold from the patient
-the nature of his disease, they do not hesitate to do so, regardless of
-the danger to which others may be exposed. By a strange paradox, the
-same profession which gives us the noblest, the most unselfish workers
-in the interests of public health, also gives us its most implacable
-enemies.
-
-However, the new nurse must call upon all the physicians of the
-community, and endeavour to obtain their assistance and support. But,
-for the reasons mentioned, she must not be discouraged if she is not
-always cordially received by them. There will always be among them many
-who are enlightened and progressive, and who will assist generously in
-the anti-tuberculosis campaign. If a community can boast of only one or
-two such men, even, success is assured. And later on, as the nurse
-progresses quietly in her work, she will come into contact with other
-doctors, who promise her aid, but ignore their promises because they
-think she is trying to steal away their patients. As it gradually dawns
-on them that this is not the case, their opposition will wear off. To
-conquer this prejudice as soon as possible is part of the nurse’s work.
-
-Furthermore, the community itself should not be daunted if the
-physicians as a body do not endorse the prospect of a tuberculosis
-nurse. This prejudice against public health nursing is the common
-experience in all cities where visiting work has been established, but
-it gradually wears off as the nurse is able to demonstrate her value.
-Little by little the doctors are won over, as they begin to realize that
-she is not a rival but an assistant. In Baltimore, our experience has
-been that those physicians who were at first our worst opponents have
-now become our staunchest and warmest friends.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
- The General Practitioner and the Public Health—Responsibility of
- the Private Practitioner in Tuberculosis—Impossibility of
- Fulfilling this Obligation—Failure because of the Nature of
- Tuberculosis—Failure through the Personal Equation.
-
-
-=The General Practitioner and the Public Health.= Roughly speaking, we
-may say that the medical profession is divided into three or four
-branches—private practice, hospital or laboratory work, and public
-health service. A man who takes up one of these branches is not
-necessarily interested in or equipped for another. While all physicians
-are supposed to have approximately the same medical education, and
-therefore to be interested in those measures which tend to raise and
-improve the standard of public health, it is only those who are most
-keenly interested in this work who have made it a special study. For it
-must be remembered that public health work is as much a specialty and
-calls for as much training and ability along certain lines as laboratory
-work, or the administration of an institution. This being so, a man who
-goes in for it does so because he is more interested in it than in
-private practice, or in research work. And the converse of this is also
-true. The selection of one field rather than another is a matter of
-individual taste or inclination. Yet curiously enough, the State does
-not take note of this fact. It places certain obligations upon all
-members of the medical profession, and expects them all to live up to
-the responsibilities thus arbitrarily imposed.
-
-=Responsibility of the Private Practitioner in Tuberculosis.= In the
-pursuit of his calling, the private practitioner comes into contact with
-certain diseases which by their nature are a matter of public as well as
-private concern. In so far, therefore, he is expected to interest
-himself in the general welfare of the community, but there is no way of
-compelling him to do this. The State grants him a licence to practice
-medicine, and in exchange for this licence or permission, he is expected
-to serve the State more or less gratuitously. At best, it is volunteer
-service, and therefore intermittent and unsatisfactory. That the State
-expects this service is shown by laws referring to transmissible
-diseases, the notification of births and deaths, and other matters which
-in one sense belong to his private business, but which in another sense
-are part of his public responsibility.
-
-Physicians who have no taste for research work are not forced to
-undertake it, nor are they coerced into any other line of service. Yet
-the State obliges those who are least inclined, as well as the others,
-to assume a graver responsibility; care of the public health. It takes
-no account of the many reasons which may prevent their doing this, or
-prevent their willingness to assume any part of this responsibility. It
-is thrust upon them just the same, but the expected results are not
-forthcoming. The State, therefore, is in the position of making an
-unfair demand upon the private practitioner, and at the same time
-relying upon an unfulfilled requirement for the security of the public
-health. In regard to tuberculosis, there are certain regulations which
-all physicians are supposed to comply with, no matter how little
-interested they may be in public welfare, or how unwilling to consider
-any other than their personal interests. These laws require, first, that
-all cases of tuberculosis be registered with the local or state health
-department, since in dealing with a transmissible disease it is
-necessary to learn its distribution and prevalence. Second, the
-physician in charge of a tuberculous patient must give this patient full
-prophylactic supplies, and teach him how to use and dispose of them.
-These supplies are furnished free of charge by the Health Department, so
-that the physician is under no expense in distributing them. Third, all
-houses vacated by a consumptive, either through death or removal, must
-be reported to the Health Department for fumigation. If these
-regulations could have been thoroughly complied with, they would
-doubtless have insured a system of complete and satisfactory supervision
-of tuberculosis. As it is, most of our large cities have found it
-necessary to place special workers in the field, to give exactly the
-same supervision and control which these regulations were designed to
-secure. The private practitioner, endowed with special education,
-special opportunity, and special authority, has not used these
-endowments, or else has used them to so slight an extent that the
-community has received no benefit.
-
-If the physicians of a community have been able to diagnose
-tuberculosis, and have been required by law to report it, why has it
-become necessary to establish municipal dispensaries for this purpose?
-Can the dispensary physician make a better diagnosis? Or is he more
-willing to fill in a blank and report the case?
-
-And if the physicians, required by law to instruct and keep careful
-watch over their consumptive patients, had been able to do this, why has
-it become necessary to place tuberculosis nurses in the field, designed
-to give just such service? Is the special nurse better fitted to explain
-the nature and danger of the disease? Is she a more efficient
-distributor of prophylactic supplies? To all these questions there
-should be but one answer—there is, or should be, no difference between
-the two. The private practitioner should be as well able to make a sure
-diagnosis as the municipal physician. He should be as ready to report
-the case. The private practitioner should be as capable a teacher, as
-careful a distributor of supplies, as alive to the danger of
-tuberculosis as the municipal nurse. The only difference between these
-two groups of people is that one acts and the other does not—or acts in
-such intermittent and irregular manner as to be productive of no
-results. And it is because of this lack of action on the part of the
-physicians in private practice, their failure to recognize, report,
-teach, and continually supervise consumptive patients, that our cities
-are placing the care of tuberculosis under municipal control. The care
-of tuberculosis is gradually being withdrawn from the man in private
-practice, and placed in the hands of specialists, who devote their
-entire time to the welfare of the community. And although now as always
-the latter solicit the support of the private physician, if he withholds
-his co-operation they can do without him, and reach their goal through
-other means.
-
-=Impossibility of Fulfilling this Obligation.= We may ask why the
-private practitioner is being supplanted by municipal control.
-Undoubtedly he once held the key of the tuberculosis situation, as he
-holds it of many other problems involving the public health. He is being
-supplanted for two reasons: because of the peculiar nature of
-tuberculosis, and because of the failure of the medical profession to
-act as a united whole.
-
-=Failure because of the Nature of Tuberculosis.= Let us first consider
-the nature of the disease. Tuberculosis is a prolonged, chronic disease,
-which may be drawn out over a period of months or years. The patient has
-many ups and downs, being sometimes so ill that he places himself under
-the care of a physician, sometimes so much better that he does not see a
-doctor for months. We have known patients who have not been to a
-physician for years, yet during that time they were infectious cases, as
-proved by sputum examination. During a hiatus of this kind, how can we
-possibly hold the doctor responsible for the tuberculous patient? How
-can we hold him responsible for the conduct, training, and surroundings
-of a case he never sees? Undoubtedly a very large number of patients
-pass completely from under the observation of their physicians, and are
-utterly lost to them. With the best intentions in the world, the private
-practitioner cannot follow and supervise a disease of this character,
-not acute, but chronic and ambulatory in nature. If he attempted this,
-it would leave him little time for anything else.
-
-Nor can we assume that the patient who closes his account with one
-doctor necessarily places himself in the hands of another. He frequently
-drifts along without any medical advice whatsoever, and only seeks it
-again when his symptoms become alarming. These facts alone, exclusive of
-all other considerations, show the necessity for centralized control of
-these ambulatory patients.
-
-Tuberculosis is largely a disease of the poor, as we have remarked
-before. A poor consumptive must consider the spending of every dollar,
-and the doctor’s fee is a matter of grave importance. For this reason,
-the patient will pay just as few visits to the physician as he possibly
-can. A doctor who sees a case only once or twice may well hesitate to
-pronounce it tuberculosis, and may wish to keep the patient under
-observation for a time, but the poverty of the patient prevents this.
-
-Again, patients of the poorer classes continually change their doctors.
-Unlike people in more fortunate circumstances, they have no one
-physician to whom they always turn when in trouble. To such as these,
-the “family doctor” is unknown. Their fickle interest is attracted by
-the newest shingle, and they pay a visit or two to its owner and they
-depart. We knew one patient who visited five different doctors within
-the week. Small wonder that the doctor forgets these patients—mere
-transients—and that, even if he has time to diagnose them, he does not
-consider himself their physician, or responsible for them in any way. It
-is for just such cases, however—those patients who come into fleeting
-and haphazard relation with their physician, that municipal control is
-required. It is no reflection upon the private practitioner that he has
-failed to make headway against tuberculosis. It simply proves that
-people with this disease must be watched and cared for by those who are
-able to devote their entire time to it.
-
-So much for the disease itself, and for the sociological and
-psychological conditions which complicate it, and make it a matter which
-cannot be handled successfully by the man in private practice. For no
-matter how conscientious he may be, or how willing to assume the full
-responsibility imposed by the State, he cannot do this when the patients
-refuse him the opportunity. He cannot follow them up at the expense of
-his private obligations. While the State expects service from those whom
-it licenses to practise, it does not expect the impossible.
-
-=Failure through the Personal Equation.= We must now consider the second
-reason for removing tuberculosis from private into public control. For
-while the nature of the disease itself explains in large measure why it
-cannot be dealt with by the private practitioner, that is not the entire
-explanation. And here we must put the blame where it belongs—at the door
-of the physician himself.
-
-When we think of the medical profession, we unconsciously think of its
-finest members—not only of the leaders in thought and achievement, but
-the numbers of highly educated, advanced, efficient, and conscientious
-men who form so large a part of it. In thinking of these, however, we
-are apt to overlook men of another sort, who are less well equipped, or
-who are imbued with commercialism, yet who are none the less members of
-this great profession. Yet even the least of these is armed, and has the
-sanction of the State in bearing these arms, which may be used either
-against a common enemy, or in a guerilla warfare in behalf of his own
-interests. The wide diversity among its individual members is the reason
-why the medical profession has been unable to act as a united whole in
-the warfare against tuberculosis.
-
-In the first place, all physicians, no matter how well they may be
-trained, are not necessarily good teachers. No matter how keenly aware
-of the danger of tuberculosis, they are often unable to impress it upon
-their patients. Again, the busy physician has usually too little time to
-be a careful teacher. When conscious of a crowded waiting-room, or of
-the urgency of his next call, he is unable to give any but the most
-superficial and hurried instructions about the nature of tuberculosis,
-or the use of the prophylactic supplies. He does not realize that that
-which is obvious to him is frequently unintelligible to those less
-enlightened. We have often found patients possessing bundles of
-prophylactic supplies, given conscientiously enough, but without
-sufficient instruction to enable them to fold the fillers or to dispose
-of them afterwards. We recall one such case, where the doctor had given
-his patient a package of supplies, but had hurried off without opening
-the bundle or explaining its contents. A week later, we found the
-package still unopened. The patient, however, had torn a small hole in
-the wrapper, through which opening he had seen enough to convince
-himself that the strange objects within were no concern of his. We do
-not mean to say that no physicians are good teachers, but we do say that
-even where they are, and are moreover highly conscientious men, that
-they frequently give inadequate instruction to the patients under their
-charge, because they are too busy.
-
-There is another class of practitioners, who, while willing enough, are
-nevertheless unable to contribute much towards the anti-tuberculosis
-campaign. These are the men whose education is limited, who are unable
-to recognize tuberculosis until it is advanced, and even then hesitate
-to commit themselves. The patient under these circumstances has ample
-opportunity to infect others, to say nothing of losing his own life into
-the bargain. No amount of conscientiousness, of integrity, and of honest
-intention can compensate for lack of skill. Indeed, many men of this
-sort come perilously near the border-line of quackery. Yet the State has
-granted them a licence, though thereby it entrusts them with obligations
-which they cannot fulfil.
-
-We have spoken before of the unethical practitioner, who, while
-competent enough, feels himself under no obligation to protect the
-community from an infectious disease. There is sometimes a reason for
-this indifference, this failure to tell the patient he has tuberculosis,
-and to inform those who surround him of their danger. This reason is
-because many a patient is afraid to know the truth about his condition.
-If the physician tells him he has tuberculosis, he at once changes his
-doctor and seeks another who will give a more comforting diagnosis.
-Thus, the struggling physician, to whom this may mean the loss of
-livelihood and prestige, is forced to a decision between self-interest
-and the interest of a community which he learns to despise, because it
-has forced him to dishonesty. We grow cynical about the welfare of those
-who force us to trim our ideals.
-
-We have tried thus briefly to review the main reasons why tuberculosis
-is emphatically a disease which should be removed from private practice
-and placed under municipal control. On the one hand, this is necessary
-because of the nature of the disease, since ambulatory patients cannot
-be followed except by those able to devote their whole time to it. On
-the other hand, it is necessary because of the wide diversity within the
-ranks of the medical profession. The greater number of private
-practitioners are either too busy, too intent on earning a living, too
-indifferent, or too poorly educated to assume effective supervision of
-an infectious disease which requires masterful handling. And since they
-themselves have not been able to deal with this great issue, they should
-not object to placing it in the hands of those qualified to do so. The
-greatest contribution that the private physician can make to the
-anti-tuberculosis campaign, is to do what he can to hasten the advent of
-full municipal controls.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
- The Nurse in Relation to the Physician—Municipal Control of Infectious
- Diseases—The Nurse’s Difficulties—A Waiting Policy—Undiagnosed
- Cases—The Nurse’s Responsibility to the Conscientious Physician
- Only.
-
-
-=The Nurse in Relation to the Physician.= In the foregoing chapter, we
-have seen that the task of preserving and improving the public health is
-one which rests, theoretically, on the medical profession as a whole. As
-a matter of fact, however, this task is assumed only by certain members
-of the profession. We have pointed out the reasons for this—that
-physicians vary greatly as to personal character, ability, and ideals.
-In the field of public health, the nurse finds herself in contact with
-physicians of all classes. Some are able, high-minded, and skilful, and
-whether working as public officials or private practitioners, have
-nevertheless the same end; improvement of the public health. Others have
-standards quite the reverse. This brings us to the question: When the
-nurse’s duties bring her in contact with men of the latter class, how is
-she to meet the situation? In what relation does she stand to these men?
-What shall be her attitude to them, as regards her work? They are not
-numerous fortunately, but there are enough to constitute a serious
-problem, and one which sooner or later the nurse must face. This
-question will also have to be faced by those who are responsible for the
-nurse, and for her work.
-
-In our opinion, the answer is simple enough—or, rather it will be,
-twenty years hence. For at present, public opinion is in a transition
-state and needs moulding. The nurse should work under the direction of,
-and in co-operation with, all those physicians who, whether as public
-officials or private practitioners, are working for a higher standard of
-public welfare. To all such, without discrimination, the public health
-nurse is the faithful, efficient, and tireless ally. But to all those
-other physicians who have no such aims or desires, the nurse stands in
-but remote and casual relation. The old teaching that she is the
-handmaiden of the doctor is gone. Both are now co-workers in the field
-of public health. The nurse still carries out the doctor’s orders, but
-there is this difference—she discriminates as to doctors. As a public
-servant, she obeys the orders of the municipal authorities, or of the
-private practitioner when the object of both is the same, that is, the
-welfare of the community. But she is not responsible to those physicians
-who try to defeat this object.
-
-For this reason, the nurse can do more effective work if she is
-connected with the Health Department, since it is the Health Department
-of a city which must formulate standards of efficiency, and clothe its
-employees with authority to carry them out. The authority of the Health
-Department physicians should be superior to that of any private
-physician, should there be any conflict of opinion between them.
-
-If the nurse cannot be established in connexion with the local Health
-Department, she will yet be responsible to a group of public-spirited
-citizens, which group will undoubtedly include many advanced and
-enlightened physicians. This group of people will represent advanced
-public opinion on the subject of tuberculosis, and the authority which
-the nurse gets from them will be of almost equal value to that which she
-would get from the municipality. Municipal authority, or the authority
-of enlightened public opinion, is a dangerous thing to oppose.
-
-=Municipal Control of Infectious Diseases.= In the case of smallpox,
-diphtheria, or scarlet fever, the private practitioner attends the
-patient under the immediate supervision of the Health Department. Thus,
-in diphtheria and scarlet fever, he notifies the Department of each case
-that comes under his notice. A municipal physician is at once sent to
-take cultures from the patient’s throat, as well as from all the other
-members of the household. He placards the house, and instructs the
-family in such preventive measures as shall insure their safety and that
-of the community. The patient is then left in the charge of the original
-physician, who notifies the Health Department when, in his opinion, the
-infection is over. His opinion, however, is verified by the municipal
-physician, who takes another series of throat cultures, and ascertains,
-quite independently, whether or no the danger is past. If it is, he
-orders the placard taken down, and arranges for the fumigation of the
-house.
-
-In the case of smallpox much more drastic measures are observed. The
-patient is summarily removed to quarantine, and all those who have come
-in contact with him are vaccinated and kept under observation for a
-definite period. In this way the strong hand of authority protects the
-community from infection—the private physician has been merely the means
-of calling attention to the danger. The time will come, indeed it is
-rapidly approaching, when enlightened public opinion will demand this
-same care in the matter of tuberculosis. By reason of the chronic nature
-of the disease, the care given must include long-continued supervision,
-extending if need be, over months and years. This supervision will be
-given by municipal physicians and nurses. Furthermore, the private
-practitioner will no more resent this, nor consider it interference with
-his private business, than he resents municipal care of smallpox or
-scarlet fever. The readjustment of the point of view is necessarily
-slow, but it is coming, none the less. Those of us on the firing line,
-however, who daily witness the loss and sacrifice due to this slow
-readjustment, cannot but wish for revolution instead of evolution in
-medical ethics.
-
-In this chapter, however, we must deal with the situation as it exists
-to-day. The infectious nature of tuberculosis has become known
-comparatively recently, hence we find ourselves confronted with a
-delicate and difficult situation, as must always be the case when public
-opinion is evolving. To-day if a private physician forbids a nurse to
-visit his patient (and for nurse, read also Health Department), the
-present status of public opinion will usually uphold him in his
-decision. It is for us, therefore, to find out the reasons which prompt
-him to this decision, and to lay them frankly before the public, and let
-the public pass judgment. In no other way can opinion be altered, or can
-we gain for tuberculosis the same supervision and control that we have
-obtained for the other infectious diseases.
-
-=The Nurse’s Difficulties.= Let us take a few examples of the
-difficulties the nurse meets. A boy of fifteen had been diagnosed by the
-Phipps Dispensary as a moderately advanced case, and the nurse was asked
-to follow him up. On her first visit, the patient’s mother refused to
-let the nurse enter, saying that her son had since called in a private
-physician, who assured him that the dispensary diagnosis was all
-nonsense. The dispensary man had counselled rest; the newcomer told the
-mother to buy her son a bicycle and let him take all the exercise he
-could. This treatment was followed out, and, still acting on the
-physician’s advice, the nurse was refused admission to the house. The
-mother was friendly enough when they met on the street, and she even
-permitted the nurse to stop and inquire for her son, always cheerfully
-replying that he was doing well. Useless as they were, the nurse
-continued these visits, since she was anxious to see the outcome of the
-case. Finally, one day six months later, the mother threw open the door,
-and in deep distress, begged the nurse to come in. “Do what you can for
-my boy,” she pleaded, and led the way to an upper bedroom, where the
-young fellow was lying in a moribund condition. A few days later he
-died. The mother bitterly accused herself for her folly in refusing the
-disinterested advice of the dispensary physician, and her grief,
-remorse, and opinions were given wide circulation in the neighbourhood.
-At no time during his illness had instruction been given as to the
-nature and danger of the disease, and not until a week before death did
-the attending physician admit that something was seriously wrong. In
-consequence of this wrong diagnosis, the boy lost his life, and the
-physician’s reputation was damaged. Apparently he had not taken into
-sufficient consideration the risk of contradicting a diagnosis that came
-from such an expert source.
-
-In this particular case, it was impossible for the nurse to force her
-way in, or to do anything except await developments. As it happened,
-there was no one in the family likely to become infected, since the
-patient had no brothers or sisters, no one except his mother with whom
-he came in contact. The sacrifice of this boy to the ignorance,
-obstinacy, jealousy, or stupidity of the local physician proved a
-striking object lesson to the neighbourhood. The bereaved and indignant
-mother was a factor in forming public opinion in this particular
-vicinity.
-
-Another case is that of a woman who had in her employ a favourite
-coloured servant, whom she suspected to be tuberculous. Accordingly, she
-sent for the nurse, asking her to take all necessary steps towards
-getting the case diagnosed. As the patient was too ill to go to a
-dispensary and could not afford a doctor, the nurse brought a specimen
-of sputum to the laboratory of the Health Department, where it was
-proved positive. So far, all was clear going. The patient was given her
-prophylactic supplies, put to bed in a clean, airy room, and the nurse
-called daily to give her a bath and such attention as she required. This
-should have been a hospital case, but at that time the hospital was
-crowded and there was no available bed. One day, when the nurse called
-as usual, she found the patient suddenly become very impudent. She was
-lying in a room with all windows closed, and a coal oil stove in full
-blast; no supplies were in sight and the patient was expectorating at
-random over the floor. This change had occurred because the patient had
-taken some of the money given by her employer, and had called in a
-“private doctor,” who declared she had nothing but a passing cold. He
-also told her the supplies were nonsense, and that he could cure her in
-two or three weeks. Furthermore, this physician himself came down to the
-Health Department, and forbade the nurse to continue her visits, and all
-“interference” with his case. A few days later, the employer also came
-to the Health Department, in considerable heat, and wished to know why
-the nurse was neglecting her duty. The explanation was satisfactory, and
-a visit to her servant amply corroborated the statements that had been
-made. This woman had been paying her servant full wages while off duty,
-as well as providing her with many little luxuries and necessities. She
-was therefore in a position to dictate the terms upon which she would
-continue this assistance, and these terms did not include visits from a
-physician of the calibre of the man now in attendance. In every case,
-however, it is not so easy to obtain the whip-hand of the situation.
-
-In these two instances, there was little danger of spreading the
-infection, since neither patient was in close contact with children, or
-other persons likely to contract the disease. The young boy suffered an
-early death, while the coloured woman suffered personal inconvenience
-and discomfort, due to lack of nursing, care, and attention. In neither
-case, however, was there danger to other people. Whenever other people
-are involved, it is less easy to stand by and do nothing, while waiting
-for that slow change in public sentiment which shall give one the right
-to interfere. Thus, a physician diagnosed a case as tuberculous, and
-asked the nurse to take charge of the patient, telling her that he had
-carefully examined all the other members of the family, and found them
-in apparently good condition. He added, however, that he had been
-dismissed as soon as he had told the family the disease from which the
-patient was suffering. For this reason, he feared the nurse would find
-difficulty in entering the home. His fears were only too well grounded.
-The family had straightway called in another doctor, who calmed their
-anxiety by denying the previous diagnosis. He also advised them to turn
-away the nurse, which they did.
-
-The patient lived some eight months after this, during which time she
-was given no supplies, no instructions of any sort, and the family were
-kept in ignorance of the nature of her illness. When she died, the nurse
-as agent of the Health Department went to the house to arrange for the
-fumigation. The front door was opened by a young girl obviously
-tuberculous—the nurse was struck with her appearance; further search
-revealed still another member of the household who presented suggestive
-symptoms. In their distress, the family turned to the nurse and asked
-for advice and assistance, and she at once referred them to the
-physician who had diagnosed the original patient, eight months ago. The
-family obediently presented themselves to him, and he found that three
-more members had become infected. Since they were all in the early
-stages, it is probable that they had become infected during the last few
-months of the patient’s life—during which time not one precautionary
-measure had been observed. The day will surely come when the possibility
-of treating tuberculosis lightly, at the option of the attending
-physician, will not be allowed. Public sentiment will finally insist
-upon full municipal control, which will do away with such malpractice
-and sacrifice of human life.
-
-=A Waiting Policy.= As matters stand to-day, we can do nothing but
-accept the situation as we find it, and do the best that circumstances
-will permit. Which brings us to the question of the hour—What is to be
-done if the physician refuses to let the nurse visit his patient? Is she
-to accept his dismissal and turn away, or is she to continue her visits
-in spite of his objections, on the ground that the patient is hers as
-well as his?
-
-If the case is a positive one, diagnosed on unquestionable authority,
-and if the nurse has been sent by a dispensary, the Federated Charities,
-or through some other disinterested source, she should be readily able
-to gain admission. Having gained this, she should be able to hold her
-own against all comers. As a rule, it is the opposition she encounters
-before, rather than after her first visit, which determines her ability
-to do her work in the home. Once in the home, however, it should make
-little difference whether or not the patient changes doctors. If he
-does, she should continue her visits as usual—her knowledge of his
-condition makes it advisable to hang on to the family at all costs. If
-this change brings a friendly doctor, he will not object to the nurse.
-If it brings a prejudiced one, she should do nothing to excite his
-hostility. Thus, if the new doctor denies the presence of tuberculosis,
-it may become necessary for her to seem to assent to this opinion—for a
-time she may have to visit merely in the capacity of a friend, offering
-no advice, and distributing no supplies. She must be careful not to
-antagonize the family, for after all, it is the family, at the doctor’s
-instigation, which is able to turn her out. Thus, when they triumphantly
-tell her that the patient no longer has consumption, she should not
-contradict them. Time will do it for her. She may express pleasure at
-the happy change, and ask for permission to stop in now and then, in
-passing, in the capacity of an old acquaintance. This request will
-seldom be denied, and at all costs she must keep in touch with the
-family which now, more than ever, needs her supervision and aid. She
-must stand by, ready to give this as soon as it is wanted. During this
-time it will be very hard to wait, to see the patient relax all
-vigilance, and to see the family recklessly exposed. But this waiting
-policy will pay in the end. As we have said elsewhere, the consumptive
-changes doctors more often than any other class of patients, and the
-nurse must realize this, and be ready to follow him through the
-vicissitudes which these changes involve. She must avoid all criticism
-when the family is fallen upon evil times, and be ready to uphold and
-encourage them when they are fallen upon good times.
-
-=Undiagnosed Cases.= In the matter of suspected or undiagnosed cases,
-there is greater difficulty. In these cases the nurse has nothing to go
-on but her own keen observation of symptoms, therefore the physician in
-charge may make it very difficult for her to continue her visits. He can
-withhold his diagnosis, ignorantly or wilfully, and there is nothing to
-do but to accept this state of affairs. As before, the nurse must
-quietly hold on to the case, saying nothing that can possibly imply
-criticism or involve her in difficulty with the doctor. Time must be
-trusted to clear the situation—either the patient will get better, or he
-will get so much worse that a diagnosis may be forthcoming. Or else he
-may change doctors. When a nurse is visiting a case in charge of one
-doctor, she must be exceedingly careful never to advise another or to
-suggest a dispensary. All this involves infinite waste of time and loss
-of life, but as matters stand to-day, there is no other course to
-pursue. When a nurse is visiting a case of this kind—it may be one who
-presents every symptom of tuberculosis, including even hemorrhage—she
-must be particularly careful. She may call up the doctor, tell him that
-she has been called to his case through such and such an agency (these
-cases are usually referred by a layman) and ask if there are any orders
-he would like carried out. She may also ask him to tell her the nature
-of the disease. If he refuses, it is then a question of further
-“watchful waiting.” If the patient is expectorating a great deal, she
-may provide him with a sputum cup and other supplies, taking care,
-however, never to use the word “tuberculosis” in connection with them.
-She simply offers them as a convenience for a distressing symptom. We
-have known patients of this kind who died after being ill for months,
-most of the time being spent in bed. Meanwhile, they had extreme
-emaciation, night sweats, fever, cough, profuse expectoration, even
-hemoptysis, yet the death certificate read “bronchitis.” It is true,
-that these patients may really have died of bronchitis; as nurses, we
-cannot make diagnoses, therefore we have no right to question the
-physician’s findings. But it is impossible for an intelligent nurse to
-look on at a case of this kind without wishing it were possible to
-obtain a second opinion. As public health nurses we cannot but object
-that the last word on so serious a disease should be said by men whose
-diagnoses we distrust. That the health of the community should be
-endangered by even a few physicians of this sort,—either ignorant, or
-dishonest, or both,—is grave commentary upon the medical ethics of the
-day. It is a severe criticism on that “professional courtesy” which
-forbids intervention, even by the health authorities, with a physician
-who drives his trade at the community’s expense. The war against
-tuberculosis cannot be fought to a successful finish until the public
-refuses to countenance ethics of this sort.
-
-=The Nurse’s Responsibility to the Conscientious Physician Only.= In all
-tuberculosis work, the nurse is singularly independent. When the patient
-is in charge of the dispensary physician, or is in charge of a doctor in
-sympathy with the tuberculosis movement, she may be said to be acting
-under their orders. Or rather, there are no special orders, except in
-individual instances, for the routine prescribed is always practically
-the same. When a doctor reports a case, with the laconic statement,
-“John Smith, such and such an address, usual thing,” he has fully stated
-the situation. The doctor knows what should be done, and the nurse knows
-what to do, and further words are unnecessary. Therefore, when for any
-reason the patient gives up his doctor, the nurse can still continue to
-supervise and direct. Months may pass before the patient revisits a
-physician, and during these months the nurse is the only person in touch
-with him. She also knows how to advise and direct those who are in
-contact with him. When he finally calls upon a doctor again, her visits
-still continue without a break—there should be nothing in her teaching
-that is at variance with that of the newly arrived physician. The
-chronic nature of tuberculosis makes this situation possible, and also
-makes for the extremely independent position of the nurse.
-
-Whenever the physician is in the vanguard of the anti-tuberculosis
-movement, he will recognize the nurse as an ally, not a rival. He will
-know that she will make no attempt to supplant him with the patient,
-since the chances are that she has been caring for the patient for
-months before he, the doctor, has been called in. He will regard her,
-therefore, as a highly efficient ally, who will relieve him of tiresome,
-time-consuming details connected with the case. She will take charge of
-routine matters that he has no time for, and thus set him free for
-larger and more important tasks.
-
-If, on the contrary, the physician is one who exploits his patients, who
-keeps the nature of the disease hidden, whether through ignorance or
-design, and fails to give proper instruction as to its infectiousness,
-then we must look for nothing but opposition and antagonism. We must
-hear objections as to the nurse’s interference, to her uniform, to her
-tactlessness, to her scaring the patient to death—and we must consider
-the motives which underlie them. This brings us once more to the
-question—under these circumstances, what is the nurse to do? Is she to
-discontinue her visits, or is the value of her instruction to be
-nullified by contradictory advice? Is a physician, who has consideration
-for neither the patient nor the community to be allowed to jeopardize
-both?
-
-To men of this stamp, the tuberculosis nurse owes nothing. Her business
-is to do her duty, even when it brings her to cross-purposes with them.
-She has been taught her work by the most advanced and progressive
-members of the medical profession, and in the homes of patients she is
-but carrying out the orders of these abler men. That they themselves may
-have no direct connection with the patient does not alter the situation.
-She is their agent, not the agent of the hold-overs from a passing
-régime. Therefore, we look to the former to establish their agent, the
-public health nurse, in a position of unassailable dignity and
-authority.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
- Obtaining a Diagnosis—The General Dispensary—Sputum
- Examinations—Tuberculin Tests—Registration of Cases.
-
-
-=Obtaining a Diagnosis.= As we all know, it is not the business of the
-nurse to make diagnoses, but it is emphatically her business to select
-cases which should be diagnosed, and to send them where this may be
-done. Therefore, if a community supports a tuberculosis nurse it will
-also find it necessary to establish a place where she may send her
-patients for examination—a special dispensary for the recognition of
-pulmonary tuberculosis. If there is no such dispensary, in charge of a
-capable physician, she may find it exceedingly difficult to obtain a
-diagnosis for her patients, without which her hands are tied. She cannot
-preach fresh air and prophylaxis to a person who has nothing but a
-“heavy cold,” no matter how serious may be the symptoms in connection
-with it. If the physician in charge of such a case is unable or
-unwilling to make a diagnosis, it is necessary to have some court of
-appeal to which the patient may be sent the moment he gives up his
-doctor or his doctor gives him up. As we have said before, the nurse
-must never influence a patient to change his doctor—on the contrary, she
-must be exceedingly punctilious in this regard—but when the patient is
-fickle and inconstant in his allegiance, she must take advantage of the
-opportunities offered to send him where he may be skilfully examined.
-The question of the special dispensary will be treated more fully in
-another chapter—here it is simply our purpose to show the need of such a
-place.
-
-In a community which is beginning tuberculosis work, there are usually a
-few physicians who will generously volunteer their services in examining
-suspected cases. The nurse, however, will feel some hesitation in
-accepting these kindly offers, since to take full advantage of them
-would be to swamp these physicians with a class of patients which would
-leave them but little time for their private practice. These offers,
-however, may well be utilized in the formation of a special dispensary,
-since the same men would doubtless be equally willing to examine
-patients at some central locality. No matter how humble the quarters,
-how imperfect the equipment, it is necessary to establish as soon as
-possible a special place where these patients may be freely examined
-without any sense of intrusion or of incurred obligation.
-
-=The General Dispensary.= In many cities, general dispensaries exist for
-the treatment of minor medical and surgical diseases. It is possible to
-send tuberculous patients to these dispensaries, and to get them
-examined and diagnosed, but as a rule this is not satisfactory. These
-general dispensaries are usually crowded, and the physicians in charge
-are unable to give sufficient time to the protracted, careful
-examination which the consumptive requires. However, failing a special
-dispensary, the nurse must take advantage of these general clinics and
-accept all the help they are able to give.
-
-=Sputum Examinations.= In many States, the local or State Departments of
-Health maintain laboratories for the examination of sputum. The nurse as
-well as the doctor should be allowed the privilege of sending specimens
-for examination. If the findings are positive, the result is a diagnosis
-from which there can be no appeal. The difficulty with this means of
-diagnosis, however, is that many specimens are negative upon first
-examination. It may require repeated examinations to find the bacilli,
-or before their continued absence may be considered evidence that the
-patient is not tuberculous. Dr. Victor F. Cullen, Superintendent of the
-Maryland Tuberculosis Sanatorium, writes:
-
-“We had one case that was examined sixty-seven times before tubercle
-bacilli were found, and this was a far advanced case, with both lungs
-involved from top to bottom, and cavities in each lung.
-
-“We have at the present time (September 14, 1914) a patient in the
-Sanatorium, with both lungs diffusely involved, with a huge cavity in
-her left lung, expectoration about two boxes daily, whose sputum was
-examined twenty-four times, with only three positive findings.
-
-“These advanced cases with a lot of bronchial secretion are usually the
-ones in which it is difficult to find tubercle bacilli in one or two
-examinations.”
-
-The nurse, therefore, should send in specimens frequently, every week or
-so, and should never be satisfied with a negative report. As we have
-said before, finding the bacilli is proof positive that the patient has
-tuberculosis, but not finding them is no proof to the contrary.
-Countless lives have been sacrificed by considering a negative return as
-evidence that the patient was not tuberculous.
-
-The nurse should carry in her satchel specimen bottles for collecting
-sputum. These bottles are provided by the Health Department. If the
-nurse has been called to a patient by the Federated Charities, or
-through some similar source, or if the patient is one whom she herself
-has discovered, she may send the specimen to the laboratory on her own
-initiative. But if the patient is already under the care of a physician
-who has not made a diagnosis, the nurse may call upon him and ask if she
-may take such a specimen to be examined. This courtesy will doubtless
-ensure better co-operation and understanding, but if the physician
-refuses, the nurse is then in an awkward position. In a short time she
-will learn the various physicians of her district, those whom she may
-call upon, and those whom she may not, and she will learn to exercise
-considerable discretion concerning them.
-
-Valuable as these sputum examinations may be in the case of a positive
-finding, they should never take the place of a careful physical
-examination. It is only when this examination is not to be had, when the
-diagnosis can be obtained in no other way, that the nurse will be
-obliged to rely upon sputum examinations alone in dealing with her
-patients. A positive sputum should confirm the diagnosis made by
-physical examination—it is not, or should not be, the only means of
-obtaining this diagnosis. Therefore, the fact that a Health Department
-is equipped to make sputum examinations should never for a moment
-supplant the dispensary, in charge of a specialist or expert. A
-specialist is able by auscultation, percussion, and an ear finely
-trained to detect changes in the breath sounds, and to recognize
-tuberculosis weeks before the diagnosis is confirmed by sputum findings.
-In this way it is possible to place a patient under treatment long in
-advance of the time when the average physician would have recognized the
-disease—an advantage to the patient and to the community as well.
-
-=Tuberculin Tests.= There are two tuberculin tests commonly used, which
-enable the specialist to diagnose doubtful cases. These are the eye and
-the skin test. Strictly speaking, the public health nurse has nothing to
-do with these tests, since they are entirely within the realm of the
-physician, but she should at least understand their significance. The
-Von Pirquet, or Skin Test, consists of inoculating the forearm with a
-drop of tuberculin of a certain strength. A positive reaction is
-manifest by a slight redness appearing within twenty-four hours and this
-may persist for a day or two, after which it disappears. This test has
-no value in the case of adults, since all adults are supposed to possess
-some slight tuberculous focus, and therefore a reaction has no
-significance. In the case of children, however, a positive skin test has
-some value. Children are not as a matter of course supposed to possess
-tubercular foci, and a positive reaction would therefore indicate that
-they have become infected. A reaction, however, gives no indication as
-to the location of the focus—it only proves its existence.
-
-The Calmette, or Eye Test, has more importance. A drop of tuberculin is
-placed inside the lower eyelid of one eye, and if a reaction occurs, it
-does so within twenty-four hours. The conjunctiva becomes slightly red
-and inflamed, which condition persists for a day or two and then
-disappears. In adults as well as children, this is a positive indication
-of tuberculosis—not necessarily of a mere latent focus, but of a
-possible lesion which must be watched and guarded against. It gives no
-indication, however, of the location of the lesion.
-
-These tests are useful to specialists in helping them to highly refined
-diagnoses. Dr. Hamman, however, questions the validity of these
-extremely early diagnoses, unless they are confirmed by sputum findings.
-If the bacilli are not found the diagnosis rests entirely with the
-examiner, and is therefore dependent upon the personal equation.
-
-=Registration of Cases.= Most States have laws which require the
-notification of infectious diseases, including tuberculosis. This means
-that all physicians are required to report their cases of tuberculosis
-to the Health Department, filling in a card, more or less complex, in
-which is set forth the patient’s name, age, address, occupation, and the
-duration and stage of the disease. In Baltimore, the nurses also are
-allowed to register their tuberculous patients in this way, with the
-city as well as the State Health Department. The card used is the same
-as that used by the physicians, but with this difference—since a nurse
-is unable to make a diagnosis herself, she is required to place in the
-corner of the card the name and address of the physician or dispensary
-responsible for the diagnosis. In this way the authorities are enabled
-to know how many patients are under the nurses’ supervision, and the
-sources of the diagnosis.
-
-Many of these registration cards are duplicates, the case having already
-been registered by the attending physician, or the dispensary. If they
-are not duplicates, it is necessary to have the official registration in
-the handwriting of the physician himself—it is often needed when trouble
-arises over the fumigation of houses, and so forth. There is nothing
-official or authoritative about the nurse’s registration cards—these
-merely call attention to the fact that certain patients are under her
-supervision, attended by such and such a doctor. In most cases, the
-diagnosis given is a verbal one. Should any difficulty arise, this
-verbal diagnosis would not be valid, although it furnishes an excellent
-basis from which to instruct the patient and his family. Therefore the
-nurse’s registration card, if it is not a duplicate, serves to call
-attention to the fact that a certain physician is in charge of a case
-which he has not reported. The Health Department at once writes and asks
-him to report, and in this way the diagnosis is officially recorded.
-
-In Maryland, the law calling for the registration of tuberculosis had
-been on the statute books some years, but was generally disregarded. The
-physicians failed to report their cases, and it was therefore impossible
-to estimate the amount or distribution of tuberculosis. To do this was
-the object of the law. How generally this regulation had been ignored
-may be judged from the fact that in 1909, the year before the Baltimore
-municipal nurses went on duty, the number of cases of tuberculosis
-registered by physicians was only 919, while the deaths from
-tuberculosis for that same year were 1400. In 1910, the first year that
-the nurses were on duty, the cases registered jumped up to 3202, while
-the deaths fell to 1234. This sudden increase in the registrations—an
-increase of over three hundred per cent.—shows the stimulating effects
-of a staff of active public health nurses.
-
-How necessary it is to have the diagnosis recorded in the physician’s
-own handwriting may be judged by the following incident. There was a
-coloured man on our list, referred to us by a private physician. This
-patient was a model in a school of painting and drawing, and after a
-time the Health Department was flooded with complaints concerning him.
-These complaints came from pupils, who declared they were afraid to go
-to the classes, because the patient coughed so violently and spat so
-profusely. The students did not know he was tuberculous, but they
-suspected it, and therefore asked us to look into the matter. Finding
-that the man was one of our patients, we at once wrote to the directors
-of this school, telling them of this, and of the complaints that had
-been made against him. We further suggested that if he continued to pose
-as a model he should use the prophylactic supplies that the nurse had
-given him, and which he used faithfully enough in his own home. The
-Directors, however, would not take our word for this; they sent the
-patient to another physician, not the one who had originally examined
-him. To this man, the darkey protested that he had never seen a doctor
-in his life. The second physician declared that the patient did not have
-tuberculosis, wrote a note berating us for our interference, and called
-upon us for proof. A hurried search of the files brought forth the
-original registration card, sent in by the physician who had first
-diagnosed the case, and transferred it to the nurses of the Health
-Department. This fact at once threw a different light upon the matter,
-and we were able to uphold our contention. The first physician, however,
-had completely forgotten this patient, and had it not been for his
-registration card, on file at the office, we should have been in a very
-disagreeable position.
-
-Since there is nothing authoritative about the nurse’s registration
-card, she must be exceedingly careful never to register a case unless it
-has been properly diagnosed. This information should be obtained from
-the physician himself, whether in writing, verbally, or over the
-telephone. She should never accept a third person’s word for the
-diagnosis, no matter how accurate it may seem. For example, if a
-patient’s mother tells the nurse that the doctor has just been in, and
-said her son had tuberculosis, the nurse must not accept this statement
-as sufficient. She must call upon the physician and ask him herself.
-Again, suppose the nurse has sent a patient to the dispensary, and,
-meeting him on the street an hour later, she learns that the doctor’s
-verdict was consumption. She must not take the patient’s word for this,
-obvious as its truthfulness may seem. It is necessary to be thus
-punctilious, to prevent unpleasant occurrences from taking place. The
-diagnosis of tuberculosis is too serious a matter to be accepted through
-any such irresponsible medium as the patient or his family.
-
-To fill in the registration cards is the nurse’s work. To supervise
-these cards, and note their correctness and accuracy, should be the work
-of the superintendent of nurses, in whose name they should be signed.
-This transaction is one of the most important tasks of the office, and
-extreme care should be taken that non-tuberculous patients are not
-registered by mistake.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
-
- Prevention of Tuberculosis—Sources through Which Calls are
- Received—Entering the Home—Telling the Truth to the Patient—Truth
- for the Family—Disposal of Sputum—Danger of Expired Air—Isolation
- of Dishes—Linen, Household and Personal—Disinfectant and Other
- Supplies—Phthisiphobia.
-
-
-=The Prevention of Tuberculosis.= The object of the nurse’s work is to
-prevent the spread of tuberculosis—it is not to cure the disease. In
-doing the preventive work, it often follows that the patient himself is
-immensely benefited, and his disease apparently arrested. This arrest,
-however, is incidental—it is not the real object of the work, which is
-the protection of individuals as yet uninfected. In no other branch of
-nursing is there so much misunderstanding, so much placing of the cart
-before the horse, and so much emphasis laid on the wrong thing. Nurses
-themselves when they first begin the work fail to recognize the real
-issue, and think that it is the actual care of the patient which is the
-thing to be considered. This is totally wrong—_we work through the
-patient to gain our ends, but he himself is not the main object_. It is
-necessary to grasp this fact firmly, and keep it constantly in mind.
-This will not only prevent much disappointment and discouragement, but
-it will lay the foundation for more intelligent work.
-
-On entering the home of the consumptive, the nurse has before her two
-responsibilities, the family and the patient. The former is infinitely
-larger and more important, since it is the family, as yet uninfected,
-which must be protected from the patient, or source of the disease.
-Instead of “family” substitute the word “community” and we have the crux
-of the situation—the protection of the community from the danger to
-which it is exposed. This protection may be accomplished largely through
-care of the patient, but care of the patient, only, as such, is a
-secondary matter. The vital and important concern is the welfare of his
-family. To confuse these two issues, and put the patient first, and the
-family, which means the community, second, would delay indefinitely the
-result we hope to attain. As far as possible, the interests of the two,
-patient and family, should be identical, but whenever a choice must be
-made between them, the welfare of the community has the right of way.
-
-This is why effective tuberculosis work must place the emphasis on the
-control of the last-stage cases, since it is the advanced case which is
-of most danger to society. For example: we have two families, one of
-which contains a moderately advanced case, whose outlook is favourable,
-while the second contains a last-stage case with a hopeless prognosis.
-Both patients are equally intractable; the nurse has but a limited time
-at her disposal, and must choose between the two, since she cannot
-divide her days equally between them. From the point of view of the
-individual, care of the earlier case would better repay her time and
-effort; from the standpoint of the greatest good to the greatest number,
-she must concentrate her efforts on the advanced case, since it is this
-one which is immediately dangerous. The earlier case is less of a menace
-to those about him; his obstinacy and refusal to follow advice mean loss
-of that precious time in which life and death are determined—but if he
-chooses, however wilfully, to waste this time, it is his own loss after
-all. It involves no one else. On the other hand, much more is involved
-in the advanced case. Here the patient’s death is inevitable, but it can
-be kept from occurring amid circumstances which would drag down others
-with him.
-
-In the majority of cases, the death of the patient is the issue to be
-expected, however much it may have been delayed or postponed—a result
-saddening and discouraging to those whose previous training has been to
-preserve life. What nurses are not trained to see, and what many of them
-have neither imagination nor faith enough to see, is the number of lives
-that are probably saved through the safeguarding of a dying individual.
-It has been said that the world would be infinitely better off if every
-consumptive in it could die to-day, since by this loss the people of
-to-morrow would be saved. The nurse must cease to reckon in terms of
-hundreds of patients—she must reckon in terms of the thousands who come
-in contact with these patients. The amount that can be done to protect
-these thousands is the standard by which the work must be judged a
-failure or a success. If she bears this constantly in mind, she will not
-become so easily discouraged.
-
-Therefore, to sum up once more: upon entering the home, the nurse’s
-first care is the family, and her second is the patient himself. But it
-is by working through the latter that the former may be reached. The
-patient himself is the point of attack, and if in the ensuing pages he
-becomes so prominent as to delude one into thinking that his welfare
-alone is the final goal, he is only made prominent in order that we may
-reach our goal more quickly.
-
-=Sources through Which Calls are Received.= The nurse goes to the
-patient’s home, in the first instance, at the request of some one who
-has sent her. This may be a physician, a dispensary, a neighbour, or she
-may even go on her own shrewd suspicion that some one is ill. When the
-door is opened to her knock, she must be careful how she explains her
-coming. If a municipal nurse, she should never say that she has come
-from the Health Department, for this conveys a suggestion of authority
-which is often most alarming. Since the patient has been referred to the
-Health Department from one of the sources just mentioned, it would be
-more tactful to name the agency through which the call was received.
-
-When calls are anonymous, such as by letter or telephone message, or
-when the sender gives his name but asks that it be withheld from the
-patient, the task of gaining an entrance is often one of considerable
-difficulty, and requires much strategy. Calls of this sort should never
-be refused, since in this way many advanced cases are brought to light.
-It is also a wholesome indication that the community is learning to take
-an intelligent interest in an infectious disease, whose presence is
-recognized as a menace. These cases can best be managed if the nurse
-assumes the responsibility herself, saying that in a roundabout way she
-has heard that there is illness in the house, and so has called to offer
-her services. As a rule, her offer will be readily accepted, for a case
-reported in this manner is usually advanced, and, as we have said
-before, when the neighbours diagnose tuberculosis, they are frequently
-right.
-
-=Entering the Home.= As a rule, when a nurse presents herself at a house
-and explains her errand, the door is opened wide and she is cordially
-asked in. In some instances, it is held half-shut, in a dubious manner,
-and she is admitted with reluctance. Sometimes it is banged in her face.
-It is a great satisfaction to gain an entrance into homes of the latter
-class; to win the confidence of such patients is a victory worth having.
-The surest formula for entering all homes is a broad smile; to stand on
-the doorsteps and grin like a Cheshire cat disarms suspicion, and once
-across the threshold, the victory is won.
-
-=Taking the Patient’s History.= The facts concerning the patient must be
-gathered in his home, and they are of two kinds, those concerning his
-physical and those concerning his social condition. The first thing to
-be done is to establish a feeling of trust between the patient and the
-nurse. As a rule, all patients are communicative, and a few adroit
-questions will open a flood-gate of confidence from which can be
-gathered full details concerning their personal and family affairs. This
-gives the nurse much of the information which she needs not only for her
-charts and records, but also in order to deal intelligently with each
-case. For unless she understands the patient, and knows something of his
-social and economic condition, she will not be able to give helpful
-advice. But the nurse must also bear in mind that tuberculous persons
-are frequently shy and sensitive, and it may be difficult to obtain
-their true histories. They may be more ready to describe their physical
-symptoms than their social condition, and facts about their employment,
-hours, wages, life insurance, and so forth are not always forthcoming.
-It is inadvisable to make notes in the presence of the patient, for
-among the poorer classes there is a fear that their words, when noted in
-a book, may in some mysterious manner be used against them.
-Occasionally, in a matter of some importance, distrust may be quieted by
-asking, “May I just write that down? The doctor will be interested in
-that and I want to get it right,” but it is well to remember that
-suspicions once aroused are difficult to quiet, and that for the welfare
-of the community it is better to teach them to use their sputum cups,
-than to antagonize them by too many questions. The nurse should get all
-the facts the chart calls for, but with certain patients this may take
-considerable time. At each succeeding visit she can ask another question
-and a more intimate one, until she collects, little by little, all the
-data she requires. But it is a mistake to keep on asking
-questions—collecting statistics—at the expense of confidence and
-good-will.
-
-It is true that when a patient goes to a dispensary, he is prepared to
-answer many questions, but there is this difference—it is he who seeks
-the dispensary. When the tables are reversed, when he is not the seeker
-but the one sought, he must be handled carefully. There are of course
-many patients to whom this does not apply, and who willingly volunteer
-every detail of their lives, but these are not the majority. The others,
-the more sensitive ones, make up three quarters of the visiting list.
-The antagonizing of a patient by tactless questioning is an unfavourable
-commentary on the method of handling him.
-
-=Telling the Truth to the Patient.= The most difficult of the nurse’s
-duties, and the saddest, is to tell the patient the nature of his
-disease. Yet this must be done, for unless he knows from the very
-beginning, it is impossible to exact from him that intelligent
-co-operation upon which rests his sole hope. Only on the rarest
-occasions is there any justification for withholding this knowledge. If
-a patient has but a few more days to live, or if a hopeless case is
-surrounded by scrupulous care and attention, this information may, if it
-seems best, be withheld. But these are exceptional instances. To hide
-the truth from an early or moderately advanced case would be criminal.
-Apart from the first shock, people are never really injured by being
-told the truth, and we all know of hundreds of cases in which lives have
-been ruthlessly sacrificed through the policy of silence.
-
-The truth need not necessarily be brutal—it can be made full of hope,
-interest, and encouragement. In her efforts to encourage the patient,
-however, the nurse must be exceedingly careful never to use the word
-“cure.” Tuberculosis is never cured in the sense that typhoid fever is
-cured, for example. At best, it is only arrested—that is, brought to a
-standstill, to a point where the destruction of the lung tissue goes no
-farther. Thus, if a person loses one or two fingers from a hand, a cure
-would imply that these lost fingers could be made to grow again. The
-lung tissue destroyed by tuberculosis can not be replaced or renewed any
-more than lost fingers can be renewed. Yet a lung, in spite of this
-loss, is still able to serve its owner well and enable him to lead a
-useful and happy life, just as a hand which has lost a finger or two may
-still be a fairly useful hand, and serve its owner well. This
-distinction between arrest and cure must be made perfectly clear to the
-patient, and he must also be taught that whether the arrest of the
-disease is temporary or permanent depends in large measure upon himself.
-His improvement depends upon his thorough understanding of his illness,
-and upon his ability or willingness to co-operate as to treatment.
-According to Dr. Minor,[3] it is not so much what a patient has in his
-lungs, as what he has in his head; namely, common-sense, which
-determines his recovery. Therefore to keep a patient in the dark
-concerning his condition, and yet expect him, without knowing the
-reason, to do over and over again the tiresome routine things necessary
-to improvement, is to expect the impossible.
-
-Footnote 3:
-
- Dr. Charles L. Minor, Asheville, North Carolina.
-
-In making the best of things, the nurse must never over-encourage the
-patient. A half-starved, overworked person, suddenly put on a régime of
-fresh air, rest, and abundant food, will often make surprising
-advances—up to a certain point. This improvement may be so marked that
-it will raise false hopes of its continuance and the nurse must never
-jeopardize her reputation and the confidence imposed in her, by
-extravagant statements as to what may be accomplished. The overconfident
-patient mistakes temporary improvement for permanent cure. Tuberculosis
-is like a concealed enemy, crouched and ready to spring the moment one
-turns one’s back, and it requires constant vigilance to guard against
-it. If this fact could be securely drilled into the patients, there
-would probably be fewer relapses.
-
-=Truth for the Family.= If now and then an exception may be made in
-informing the patient of his condition, there are no conceivable
-circumstances under which this knowledge should be withheld from his
-family. The significance and danger of tuberculosis must be fully
-explained to all who are exposed to it. It is the “family” who
-constitute public opinion as far as the patient is concerned, and we
-must depend upon it to keep the patient up to the standard of living
-which means his improvement and their protection. The nurse should fully
-explain the situation to some older, responsible member of the
-household. This can best be done out of the patient’s presence. She must
-speak very plainly, using words within the comprehension of her hearers,
-so that they cannot fail to grasp her meaning. The patient needs this
-knowledge in order to get better—the family need it in order to protect
-themselves. It is a sad fact, but a frank appeal to the selfish instinct
-is usually productive of better results than one made upon higher
-grounds. Both points should always be made, but the instinct of
-self-preservation may be aroused with less prodding than is needed to
-awaken rudimentary altruism.
-
-=Disposal of Sputum.= The nurse has by this time prepared the way for
-the prophylactic supplies, which she carries in her bag. These consist
-of a tin cup, fillers, paper napkins, disinfectant, and so forth. She
-must teach the patient how to use and dispose of them, as well as their
-advantages—the latter reason not being always apparent to the ambulatory
-case. She must teach that danger to himself and others lies in the
-sputum coughed up from his sick lungs, and that the simplest way to
-receive it is in the little tin cup, whose waterproof filler can easily
-be burned. To the advanced case, with profuse expectoration, these
-light, convenient little cups are a great improvement over the household
-spittoon, which should be banished at once. Bed patients, or those too
-weak to raise even this light cup to their lips, may be taught to
-expectorate into the paper napkins, of which they should be given a
-large supply. A simple way of disposing of these napkins is to pin to
-the bedclothes a large paper bag (such as are used for groceries), into
-which they may be thrown. Failing a paper bag, a cornucopia made of
-newspaper will answer the purpose, the object being to let the patient
-himself place this infective material in a receptacle which can be
-burned in its entirety, without its contents being handled by anyone
-else.
-
-The problem of destroying sputum cups and their contents is often
-difficult. The proper and only sure way is to burn them, and no other
-course should be considered. Yet in summer, when many patients have no
-coal fires, but merely gas or oil stoves, many difficulties arise. Under
-such circumstances the patient may wrap his cup in a newspaper, place it
-in a galvanized iron bucket, and then set it on fire. This is a
-nuisance, as well as somewhat dangerous, and since these fillers and
-their contents are hard to burn, the simpler method of throwing them in
-the gutter becomes an irresistible temptation. To see that these fillers
-are properly destroyed requires constant supervision and instruction and
-is one of the most important of the nurse’s duties.
-
-The patient should destroy the fillers himself—they should be handled by
-no other member of the family, unless of course he is too weak and ill
-to do it. Even when very ill, however, it is nearly always possible for
-him to remove the filler from the cup and place it in a newspaper, which
-is then rolled up by someone else and carried out to the fire. Needless
-to say, the nurse must teach those who touch or handle this cup how
-important it is to wash their hands thoroughly afterwards.
-
-=Danger of Expired Air.= After giving him the tin cup and fillers, the
-nurse must then give the patient a supply of paper napkins, and explain
-their purpose. These are primarily intended to hold over the mouth when
-coughing. The nurse must explain that bacilli are liberated in great
-numbers during these coughing attacks, and that it is harmful to live in
-a room filled with these invisible organisms. Most patients, knowing
-themselves to be infected, are indifferent to the welfare of those about
-them. Therefore, in trying to make him careful, the nurse will have to
-appeal to his selfish instincts, and show that what is bad for other
-people is equally bad for him, and so diminishes his chances of
-improvement.
-
-It is comparatively easy to instruct a patient in the use of his sputum
-cup, but to obtain any sort of carefulness in this equally grave
-matter—liberation of bacilli in the expired air—is well-nigh impossible.
-This is partly due to the nature of the disease—in its most infectious
-stages, the patient is so racked with paroxysms of coughing, that it is
-impossible for him to keep his mouth covered, or to think of anything
-except his own sufferings.
-
-On the street, these paper napkins may be used to spit into, the patient
-carrying them home again in the waterproof pocket pinned inside his
-coat. Fine details of this sort are difficult to insist upon,
-however—the convenience of the street and of the gutter making a
-stronger appeal than any newly acquired æsthetic valuations. This is of
-minor importance, however; the real danger lies in the home.
-
-=Isolation of Dishes.= The consumptive should have special dishes
-provided for him, which should never be used by any other member of the
-household. If the family can afford it, they should buy dishes of a
-special pattern, unlike those in general use, since in this way the
-chances of mixing them are greatly lessened. Otherwise, constant care
-must be taken to keep them apart. The patient’s dishes should stand on
-their own corner of the shelf, be washed in a separate dishpan, and
-dried with a special towel. Once a week, for general cleanliness’ sake,
-they should be boiled. Any dish which may have got mixed with them, or
-has inadvertently been used by the patient, should be boiled before
-being used again in the household. The patient need not necessarily know
-that his dishes are isolated, since details of this kind are explained
-to the family rather than to the sick man.
-
-If he is a bed patient, it is an easy matter to isolate his dishes,
-without his knowledge; when he is up and about, it is much harder.
-Patients are particularly sensitive about this, and some families,
-rather than risk hurting the feelings of the invalid, prefer to boil the
-dishes after every meal. This adds so much to the work of the busy
-household that after a time all attempts at isolation are dropped. This
-matter calls for considerable vigilance on the part of the nurse.
-
-=Linen, Household and Personal.= All linen, including clothing and bed
-linen that has been used by the patient, should be boiled before it is
-washed. There seems to be some prejudice against this previous boiling,
-as the family are apt to maintain that it makes it more difficult to get
-the linen clean afterward. The nurse should overcome their objections,
-and emphasize the necessity for the utmost caution in regard to this
-infective material.
-
-=Disinfectant and Other Supplies.= At a later visit, the disinfectant
-may be given, as well as the waterproof pockets and books of
-information. During the first visit, it is better to give only the most
-important of the supplies—the tin cup, fillers, and napkins—and to save
-the rest for another time. For on her first visit the nurse is a
-stranger—later, she becomes a friend. Therefore she will make better
-headway if on her first appearance she does not burden the family with
-too much instruction and too much detail. It is better to say too little
-than too much, better to leave something unsaid until the next time,
-rather than overwhelm those she visits with a mass of advice which they
-cannot assimilate. Her first visit has been made as the bearer of
-distressing news, no matter how gently and carefully it may have been
-broken, and the distress and confusion which often arise fill the minds
-of her hearers to the exclusion of nearly everything else.
-
-During her later visits, she will have ample opportunity to say all that
-should be said—and at each succeeding call she will find that much of
-what she said the time before has been forgotten, misapplied, or
-altogether ignored. Tuberculosis work means the constant and incessant
-repetition of the same thing, trying by every device imaginable to point
-the way, to make an impression, to obtain some slight degree of
-carefulness which may mean the protection of other people.
-
-=Phthisiphobia.= People frequently reproach the nurse with the fact that
-her teaching tends to alarm the patient and his family, and to produce a
-community phthisiphobia which works great hardship in individual cases.
-As far as the community is concerned, fear of tuberculosis is a good,
-wholesome sentiment, and infinitely preferable to ignorance and
-indifference. We cannot have too much of a public opinion which declines
-to be exposed to this disease, and which will therefore provide the
-machinery to cope with it. As far as the family is concerned, we have
-never been able to produce _enough_ fear of tuberculosis. It would
-greatly facilitate the campaign if the first feeling of alarm and
-apprehension could become permanent, instead of very transitory and
-fleeting. Tuberculosis is so slow and insidious in its onset,—there is
-nothing spectacular, by which we can demonstrate to the ignorant mind
-the relation between cause and effect, exposure and infection,—that the
-educational method alone is inadequate to deal with the situation. If
-the alarmed patient and his household could or would continue the
-preventive measures which at first so strongly appeal to them, and which
-in the beginning they apply with boundless enthusiasm, we should have
-comparatively little difficulty. But the disease is chronic and slow;
-the scare wears off, and the cry of “Wolf, Wolf” loses its value. And
-then follows a relaxation of prophylactic measures. Each time the nurse
-must stir them up anew—encourage, threaten, alarm, coax, bribe,—do
-everything in her power to awaken them from their mental apathy and
-drowsiness, which, as in morphia poisoning, precedes death.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
- Inspection of the House—The Patient’s Bedroom—Porches—Gardens and
- Tents—Flat Roofs—Clothing and Bedclothing—Artificial
- Heat—Rest—Fresh Air—Food—Cooking—The Bedridden Patient.
-
-
-=Inspection of the House.= On her first visit the nurse must inspect
-every room in the patient’s home, with a view to knowing what
-possibilities it affords for treatment and isolation. Some contain no
-facilities whatsoever; some but meagre ones, while in others may be
-found excellent opportunities which the patient must be taught to use.
-Before advising any change or rearrangement, several factors must be
-considered: the stage of the disease, number in family, financial
-condition, home surroundings and the institutional facilities of the
-community. The course to be taken depends whether or not there is a
-hospital, or whether or not the patient must wait some time before
-admission. The first object is the protection of the family, but all
-those measures which bring this about, offer at the same time the
-maximum advantage to the patient himself. To remove him to an
-institution is the best way to accomplish both ends. If this cannot be
-done, the nurse must endeavour to secure conditions in the home which as
-nearly as possible approach those of an institution. The closer this
-approximation, the greater the gain to both patient and those who
-surround him.
-
-=The Patient’s Bedroom.= The first thing to be considered is the
-patient’s bedroom, or sleeping quarters. He should have this room to
-himself, sharing it with no one. If this cannot be arranged, he should
-at least have a bed to himself. This bed, and that of the other person,
-or persons, should be placed at opposite ends of the room, and as far
-apart as possible.
-
-The more windows in the room the better; these should be kept open to
-their fullest extent. In some houses, where the windows are small, it is
-often possible to lift out the entire sash, thereby admitting more air.
-The bed should be placed directly at the window, so that the patient may
-lay his pillow on the window sill if he chooses. He should be instructed
-to sleep facing the opening, in order to get all the air he can. The
-nurse should rearrange the furniture as she wishes it, otherwise
-misunderstandings may occur. If the family object to her moving it but
-promise to do this themselves, she must be careful to inspect the room
-again on her next visit, to see that this has been properly done. Even
-with families that have been under supervision a long time, it is well
-to inspect the bedrooms occasionally, for the patient’s bed always has a
-tendency to retreat into a remote corner of the room, especially in
-winter.
-
-The floor should be bare, and this, together with all other plane
-surfaces should be washed several times a week with hot water and soda.
-Great caution must be exercised in making a sanitary sick-room, but, in
-her enthusiasm to produce ideal conditions, the nurse must remember that
-articles used for months by the patient, and suddenly banished from his
-proximity, may be very deadly elsewhere. In advising that carpets and
-curtains be removed, she must be careful what becomes of them. If
-germ-laden carpets are sold, or given to the neighbour next door, they
-would better remain where they are. Poor people find it hard to
-withstand the temptation to sell or give away serviceable articles,
-which is of course but natural, but the nurse must be on guard against
-such occurrences.
-
-To have an ideal sick-room, there is no necessity for its being
-depressing by its bleak ugliness, or bare and dismal as a cell. Washable
-muslin curtains may be permitted, and there is no objection to pictures
-and ornaments in moderation. It is bad enough to have tuberculosis,
-without penalizing the patient by removing from him all those little
-treasures which give him pleasure and harm no one.
-
-In selecting a good room for the patient, the nurse may find it
-necessary to have him exchange with some other member of the household.
-In this event, great care must be taken that the room vacated by the
-patient is thoroughly cleaned and disinfected before being occupied by
-anyone else. There are also circumstances which render it unwise to make
-this exchange: for example, say that we have a moderately advanced case,
-whose improvement is doubtful. He is occupying a room with one
-window—not ideal, but fair enough. There is also another room in the
-house, containing several windows, altogether brighter and larger, but
-occupied by three or four people, so far healthy and sound. To exchange
-rooms under such conditions would be bad policy—it would be of little
-advantage to the patient himself, while the other people would be
-subjected to overcrowding and bad ventilation, which would decidedly
-lower their resistance. Those in prolonged, intimate contact with a
-consumptive must not be allowed to reduce their vitality in any way.
-
-To arrange a good sanitary room for a patient does not in the least mean
-that he will use it. Such a room would doubtless appear well in a
-photograph, illustrating the “before and after” phases of the nurse’s
-activity, but this does not necessarily mean that the patient is
-isolated and harmless. He will probably use his nice room for sleeping
-purposes only, and it is what he does with the remainder of his time
-that counts. He comes into contact with the household at meals, in the
-evenings, and on innumerable other occasions, and the consciousness of
-an immaculate bedroom should not lessen the nurse’s anxiety about the
-kitchen, the living-room, and the family sofa. There is where the danger
-lies.
-
-=Porches.= In some houses we find a porch readily available for the
-patient’s use, where he can sleep and spend most of his daylight hours.
-It is sometimes difficult to induce him to make use of it, however. We
-must also remember that there is a great difference in porches. Some are
-narrow, unroofed, exposed to sun and wind, have disagreeable outlooks,
-for instance, as on unsavoury alleys, and in other ways are unfit to be
-used as living-rooms. They should be used, of course, whenever
-practicable, since undoubtedly the patient will get more air, and more
-constantly changing air, than if he sleeps indoors. Yet it is well to
-realize that a place where the patient is unsheltered, uncomfortable,
-and where he cannot sleep or have a quiet mind, is often far less
-valuable than a good bedroom which may give him all of these
-necessities.
-
-Patients in well-to-do circumstances can equip their porches admirably,
-both with awnings and with canvas screens. These latter should roll up
-from the floor, rather than down from the roof. Screens and awnings can
-be made to order by any awning or sail maker; the price varies with
-their construction, from about five dollars upward. To teach a patient
-to use a porch for sleeping and also to use it as a living-room should
-be the nurse’s constant endeavour. Even an ideal porch is like an ideal
-bedroom—only valuable if it is used.
-
-=Gardens and Tents.= Many houses have little yards or gardens, easily
-adaptable for open-air living. A tent may be erected for sleeping
-purposes, if the space is large enough and the family can afford it.
-Women and children are usually afraid to sleep under such exposed
-conditions, and in consequence refuse to make use of what would
-otherwise be an excellent opportunity. These gardens may be used during
-the day, however, and the patient made comfortable in a reclining chair
-or lounge. But excellent as they appear theoretically, the extremes of
-our climate, excessive heat and cold, often make them unpractical for
-the consumptive’s use. Under such circumstances, these little back yards
-often become anything but ideal places in which to “take the cure.”
-
-=Flat Roofs.= We also find flat roofs or sheds attached to certain
-houses in the tenement districts. These sometimes offer excellent
-conditions for long hours out-of-doors, and may also be used as
-sleeping-porches. The nurse must be alert to seize all opportunities
-which present themselves, and to teach her patients to utilize them.
-
-=Clothing and Bedclothing.= In her effort to teach her patient to sleep
-out-of-doors, and to spend most of his waking time there, the nurse must
-remember that in winter this is impossible, if he is insufficiently
-clad. The vitality of the consumptive is always below par, consequently
-he needs much more clothing than would a healthy person under the same
-conditions. It is impossible to expect patients to remain out-of-doors
-if they are cold and uncomfortable, and before insisting upon open-air
-treatment the nurse must see that it is possible for them to take it. If
-they lack the necessary clothing—underwear, blankets, sweaters,
-overcoats—these may be procured through some charitable association. It
-is a part of the nurse’s duties to arrange for this assistance, the
-question of which will be dealt with in a later chapter.
-
-=Artificial Heat.= In addition to extra clothing, artificial heat is
-nearly always necessary, and this may be procured by means of hot-water
-bottles, hot bricks, stove lids, and so forth. The clothing itself may
-be sufficiently warm, and a hot brick may be all that is necessary to
-keep the patient in the yard, rather than in the kitchen. The patient
-must learn to live in the open-air—and the family must also learn that
-their safety lies in keeping him there, and is well worth the trouble of
-filling a hot-water bottle now and then. A hot kitchen is the worst
-place in the world for a coughing consumptive—and a coughing consumptive
-is the worst thing in the world for a hot kitchen—and the inhabitants
-thereof. It is fortunate that the rule works both ways, so that both
-sides may be appealed to.
-
-=Rest.= The three things necessary to improvement are rest, fresh air,
-and food. Not one alone, nor two alone, but all three together, if
-results are to be obtained. It is very difficult to impress upon the
-patient that rest is not exercise, and that nothing is as bad for him as
-exertion. He instinctively associates fresh air with exercise, and does
-not realize that fresh air and rest is the combination required. If a
-physician is in charge of the case, he of course would direct the amount
-of exercise to be taken, but if, as often happens, there is no doctor in
-attendance, the nurse must use her own knowledge of what is best. In a
-sanatorium the usual rule is that all patients with more than 99 degrees
-of fever shall stay in bed. After a hemorrhage, absolute rest is of
-course indicated.
-
-Therefore the nurse should try to induce her patients to rest as much as
-possible—not to walk about, or to drag themselves to a park, and so tire
-themselves out. Exertion increases fever, and this will counteract what
-benefit might have been gained through the fresh air. They should be
-taught to sit comfortably in their gardens, on their front sidewalks, on
-their porches, at their open windows. Best of all, they should go
-upstairs to their bedrooms, and lie at full length on the bed placed
-next to the open window. By thus emphasizing the importance of
-rest—synonymous in this case with outdoor rest—the nurse is not only
-giving sound advice to her patient, but she is protecting the community
-from the ambulatory consumptive.
-
-Whenever possible, the patient should be induced to remain in bed
-permanently. The sooner the weary, advanced case gives up his painful
-wanderings, stops dragging himself from his own to his neighbour’s
-kitchen, or to the hospitable bar, the better for him and for the
-community. If he were to go to bed in a hospital, instead of at home,
-greater still would be the gain. The part of the community constituted
-by his family would be freed from danger, while he himself would be
-adequately cared for. Again we are struck by the coincidence of what is
-best for the patient being also best for those who surround him.
-
-=Fresh Air.= Fresh air is the second great essential in the treatment of
-tuberculosis, and every patient should be taught to spend as many hours
-as possible out-of-doors. The nurse must explain in words of one
-syllable why this is necessary—that clean, pure air contains life-giving
-oxygen, and that to breathe it entails little exertion on the part of
-the sick lungs. On the other hand, impure air contains no upbuilding
-principle, but greatly taxes the lungs and makes breathing difficult.
-Outdoors, every breath of air is clean and pure; indoors, especially in
-a closed room, one is soon reduced to rebreathing expired air, with all
-its impurities. Just as tainted meat or spoiled fruit or vegetables are
-unwholesome, and bad for the stomach and general system, so is impure
-air harmful to the lungs and general health. One organ surely deserves
-as much consideration as another. And when the lungs become impaired
-through disease, it is still more necessary to take care of them. They
-need to be strengthened in every way, in order to defy the inroads of
-tuberculosis. The nurse must make her points clear and emphatic; if the
-patient takes an intelligent interest in his treatment, it will become
-less irksome.
-
-But it is not enough to tell the patient why he needs fresh air—the
-nurse must show him how to get it. He is singularly helpless and unable
-to recognize such ways for himself. Also she must overcome his
-objections and bring him to her way of thinking. Thus, he objects to his
-porch because it is shaky, or because it may only be reached by passing
-through another person’s room. Investigation may prove the shakiness
-imaginary, or at least not dangerous, while the other person may be only
-too willing to let his room be used as passageway to this desirable
-goal. Again, he objects to sitting in the yard, or on the sidewalk, or
-even at his window, for fear of what the neighbours may say. It should
-be pointed out that his health is more important than their
-comments—whatever they may or may not be—and that his interest, not
-theirs, should come first. The nurse must plan every little detail; she
-must select his chair or sofa; must show how he can be warmly tucked up,
-and sit out of the wind or sun, as the case may be. She must teach the
-family about the hot brick and how to place it at the patient’s feet—or
-two hot bricks, if need be. It is not enough to say: Do thus and so—she
-must herself demonstrate how the thing is done. The consumptive is sick
-and helpless and needs constant reassuring. If he belongs to the very
-poor, he has little to do with, and is so ignorant that he cannot make
-the most of what he has. This teaching is one of the chief duties of the
-nurse.
-
-=Food.= The third great essential in the trilogy is food. The patient’s
-diet is of the utmost importance, since his ability to take and
-assimilate nourishing food determines his ability to build up enough
-resistance to cope with tuberculosis. Generally speaking, he should be
-encouraged to eat every kind of nourishing food that he can digest—for
-tuberculosis does not call for a special diet as does typhoid or
-diabetes. Anything which specifically disagrees with him should, of
-course, be excluded. The question of food values must be considered;
-with the poor, this requires careful teaching and explanation. The nurse
-should point out the difference between food which merely fills the
-stomach, and food which nourishes and upbuilds. In the first class may
-be instanced cabbage, turnips, doughnuts, pies—all highly esteemed by
-the poor, and cheap and indigestible. In the second class are meat,
-eggs, milk, fish, rice, beans, hominy, oatmeal, and so forth. Some of
-these nourishing foods—rice, beans, hominy, oatmeal—are no more
-expensive than cabbage and pie. The family should be taught the
-difference. Very harmful and indigestible are the products of the corner
-bakery, the penny candies, the enormous pickles, and the copious strong
-brews of tea and coffee which form so large a part of the dietary of
-those near the poverty line. Considerable money is spent on these
-things—often money enough to provide a wholesome meal, if the family but
-knew how to discriminate. In planning a patient’s diet, the nurse will
-have to do as much exclusive as inclusive propaganda.
-
-It is not necessary to insist on milk and eggs, certainly not in the
-abnormal quantities which a few years ago were considered indispensable
-in the treatment of tuberculosis. If a patient likes these and can
-afford them, well and good, but they need by no means be made the staple
-article of diet. This rich and highly concentrated food has a tendency
-to cause indigestion, and since this is one of the gravest and most
-distressing complications of tuberculosis, it must be prevented at all
-costs. A patient unable to digest his food has but slim chance of
-increasing his vitality, and little hope of improvement. Therefore, in
-advising raw eggs, the nurse must be very careful; one or two a day will
-be sufficient, over and above the regular meals.
-
-Milk should be substituted for tea and coffee. Three or four glasses a
-day will be enough, and even that may be too much if the patient eats
-well of other things. In place of raw milk, it may be peptonized,
-malted, given hot, made into junket, taken in cocoa, or as one of the
-flavoured milkshakes, or turned into clabber or buttermilk. These
-varieties of milk are good for advanced patients, who may also be given
-egg albumen, flavoured with lemon, orange, ginger ale, grape juice, and
-so forth. The family must be taught to make these little innovations, in
-the ordinary diet, and instruction in these is part of the nurse’s work.
-
-By careful supervision and attention, the nurse can procure a very
-satisfactory dietary, one both nourishing and digestible. Three good
-meals a day, with a little nourishment between meals and at bedtime (a
-glass of milk or its equivalent), will be found quite satisfactory. If a
-doctor is in attendance, he will of course arrange such diet as he
-thinks best, but if the nurse is left to herself, she will not overstep
-the boundaries if she advises some such plan as we have outlined.
-
-As we have said, indigestion is one of the most frequent complications
-of tuberculosis. In some cases this can be overcome or relieved by
-advising rest in the reclining position for an hour before, and
-immediately following meals. If the patient lies flat on the bed or
-lounge, this will be more effective that if he sits in a rocking-chair.
-
-=Cooking.= Cooking and the preparation of food also require supervision,
-for, especially among the poor, dense ignorance of these important
-matters prevails. Through improper cooking, wholesome, excellent food is
-often turned into something quite the reverse, indigestible and
-injurious to a high degree; or, if not ruined, it may lose so much of
-its food value as to be practically worthless. Thus, a hard-boiled egg
-or a fried egg (especially if fried on both sides) is less easy to
-digest than a soft-boiled one. A good piece of meat may have its entire
-value removed by overcooking. All nurses have had training in dietetics,
-and this special knowledge is of immense value in public health work,
-where for the most part they come in contact with a class of people
-whose ignorance of culinary matters is profound.
-
-=Alcohol.= The question of giving alcohol frequently arises in this
-work. If a doctor is in attendance, he will prescribe it or not as he
-chooses. But if the nurse alone is in charge of the case, and the matter
-is left to her decision, we feel that the ruling of the Phipps
-Dispensary of the Johns Hopkins Hospital is a wise one to follow—no
-alcohol for the consumptive under any circumstances. This means that
-there shall be no eggnogs, made with brandy, sherry, rum, etc.; no
-sherry with raw eggs—no indulgence in wine, beer, or alcoholic
-stimulants of any sort.
-
-=The Bedridden Patient.= When the patient is confined to bed, the
-nurse’s task becomes easier. Isolation, therefore better protection to
-the family, is more readily secured than when he wanders from room to
-room, leaving a trail of germs behind him. It is well to exclude from
-the sick-room every one except those in actual attendance upon the
-patient; this is especially necessary in the case of children, to whom
-the danger is greatest. Neighbours and friends should also be excluded,
-and if they refuse to consider the risk, the plea for exclusion should
-be made on the ground that visitors are disturbing and harmful to the
-patient.
-
-In the sick-room we sometimes find the young children of neighbours,
-whose mothers are all unconscious of the danger to which they are
-exposed. If through sheer indifference, the patient’s family does not
-exclude these children, it would then become the nurse’s duty to seek
-out their parents and warn them. When a patient’s household becomes
-indifferent to community welfare, the nurse should then extend her
-teachings farther afield—into the next house or block if need be—and try
-to protect others who are unknowingly exposed to infection.
-
-In brief, these are the duties of the nurse in the home of the patient.
-At her first visit, she cannot say everything she wishes, but later it
-will be possible to do so. In many cases, the household will be
-suspicious, antagonistic, or not inclined to want her, so that she must
-feel her way cautiously, step by step. It may take two, three, four, or
-even a dozen visits to accomplish her object, and before she can drive
-her points home with the requisite vigour. When the situation is acute,
-and the danger great, it is difficult and discouraging to make haste
-slowly, yet this policy will pay in the end. It is better to proceed
-cautiously with an uneasy family, winning them gradually from point to
-point, than to arouse their resentment by an impatient enthusiasm which
-sees no wisdom in delay.
-
-In dealing with patients, the nurse must speak plainly; it will not do
-to insinuate or imply. What she has to say must be said
-straightforwardly, in simple words adapted to the intelligence of her
-hearers. The situations one encounters in this work are often sad and
-trying to a degree, and it would be far easier to insinuate a
-disagreeable or painful thing than to speak out plainly. The nurse who
-cannot express herself clearly, forcibly, and convincingly will get poor
-results. She must be able to meet prejudice with reason, to impose her
-view upon another, and to convince the ignorant that what she says is
-right.
-
-There is an old fable which all public health nurses should remember—the
-old story of the Wind and the Sun, who both tried to remove the
-Traveller’s cloak. The Wind tried first, and he blew and blustered, but
-his frantic efforts only made the Traveller clutch it tighter. And then
-the Sun tried. He shone, blandly, warmly, gently, and in a few moments
-off came the cloak. It is the method of the Sun, rather than of the
-Wind, which usually wins out.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
- Care of the Family—Examination of the Family—Taking Patients to
- Dispensaries—Children—Tuberculosis in Children—Open-Air
- Schools—The Danger of Sending Patients to the Country.
-
-
-=Care of the Family.= We have already said that the first consideration
-is the patient’s family, or those individuals who come in contact with
-him. Therefore, as soon as he himself is under satisfactory supervision,
-the nurse must turn her attention to the other members of the household
-who need her even more. A majority of the nurse’s patients are either
-advanced or last-stage cases, many of them having a history extending
-over months or perhaps even years of illness. If during this time the
-nature of the disease has been unknown; or known, and no precautions
-have been taken, there is great likelihood that other members of the
-family have also become infected. To discover these suspicious cases and
-get them examined and under treatment as soon as possible, is one of the
-nurse’s first responsibilities. Next, she must give careful attention to
-those other members of the family who so far have apparently escaped.
-She must not over-alarm or frighten them, but she must keep before them
-the fact that they are in close contact with a highly infectious
-disease, and that whatever lowers their resistance, increases in like
-manner their chances of contracting it. They must employ every means in
-their power to raise their vitality to a point where they cannot be
-reached. An infectious disease does not, as a rule, gain entrance into a
-constitution strong enough to resist it.
-
-To this end, the nurse should pay particular attention to the personal
-hygiene of the exposed family. Their bedrooms and sleeping quarters
-should receive as careful consideration as do those of the patient.
-Every one in the house should be taught the value of fresh air, and the
-necessity of sleeping with wide-open windows; the measures needed to get
-people well are equally necessary to keep them well.
-
-The family also needs careful instruction as to food and rest: food,
-nourishing and well cooked; rest, which should at least mean that at the
-end of a day’s work they do not exhaust their vitality in crowded
-poolrooms, dance halls, and saloons. The need of recreation is one of
-the fundamental needs of mankind, but there is a difference between that
-which refreshes and that which undermines the constitution. Whether this
-fatigue comes from work, play, or excesses of any kind, it is usually
-the worn-out individual who first succumbs to exposure. In all
-households there is great need for instruction along these lines. There
-are weary, indifferent parents, and heedless boys and girls whose
-ignorance of personal hygiene is profound. The fact that much of this
-teaching falls on apparently stony ground shows the need for redoubled
-effort—which will in time bear fruit. Those in contact with tuberculosis
-must be continually on their guard against it—disease does not, as a
-rule, attack those who are in sound health.
-
-In this preventive work, the nurse will be greatly aided if she knows
-what agencies she can call upon to reinforce her instruction. She must
-be familiar with all the forces of social service, and know how to reach
-them, and how to place her families in touch with them. Just as she must
-have sufficient knowledge of dietetics to suggest rice as a substitute
-for cabbage, bread instead of pie; so must she understand the social
-agencies within call, and know what substitutes they offer for the
-things that she condemns. A great gain will have been made if instead of
-the poolroom, the young boy can be given the Settlement club or
-gymnasium; or instead of the saloon dancehall, the young girl can be
-offered that of the schoolroom or the church. The aim should not be to
-deprive, but to substitute. Preventive work consists largely in teaching
-how to substitute the harmless for the harmful, the healthful for the
-unhealthful. In some communities, no such agencies exist; in others,
-they are inadequate to the needs they try to fill. But if they exist,
-they should be called upon.
-
-=Examination of the Family.= Every person constantly exposed to
-tuberculosis should be examined periodically, whether or not he presents
-symptoms. The nurse should endeavour to get all members of the patient’s
-household examined. This is sound in theory, but not always feasible in
-practice, especially when there are a large number of patients under
-supervision. When one is working with small numbers, with ten, twenty,
-or a hundred families, it might be possible to get every member of these
-households examined, but when one is working with large numbers it
-becomes proportionately difficult. In Baltimore some 5000 consumptives
-are annually dealt with by the Tuberculosis Division; if every one of
-these patients comes in contact with five other persons—a most modest
-estimate—that would give us a total of 25,000 people to bring forward
-for physical examination. This task would swamp our dispensaries and
-leave no time for anything else. After all, it is the positive rather
-than the potential cases which are a menace to the community. Thus,
-however much we may advocate the need for general examination of all
-exposed persons, this course has its drawbacks when it comes to actual
-practice. The best we can do is to get the suspicious cases examined.
-The examination of those who have no symptoms would furnish interesting
-statistics, but they are hardly dangerous enough to the community to
-warrant the outlay of time and energy.
-
-To induce a patient to be examined often requires weeks or months of
-effort and persuasion. The less the apparent necessity, the more
-difficult it often becomes. If a person has no symptoms he will not go,
-and if he has symptoms, he is afraid to go, to a physician. Therefore,
-whenever it is possible to get exposed persons examined, well and good;
-when this is not possible, the nurse may confine her efforts to those
-with suspicious symptoms. One of the foremost requisites in this work is
-the ability to distinguish between essentials and unessentials, and
-having made the distinction, to concentrate on the most important.
-
-=Taking Patients to Dispensaries.= Unless the nurse has abundance of
-time and a very light district, it is not well that she should spend
-time in taking reluctant patients to a dispensary for examination. To do
-this, means to give up from one to several hours, which she can ill
-afford to spend in this manner. Nor is it necessary to waste her expert
-service in this way—it is always possible to find some one willing to
-take these patients, some friendly visitor, settlement worker, or even a
-kindly, intelligent neighbour.
-
-=Children.= It is conceded nowadays that people usually become infected
-with tuberculosis in the first ten or twelve years of life, or during
-childhood. The disease itself may or may not develop in later life,
-according to the circumstances or environment in which the individual is
-placed. It may light up later, if his resistance becomes lowered, or he
-is reinfected, and cannot carry the extra load. For this reason, it is a
-vastly important thing to protect children from infection, as well as to
-protect those exposed in childhood from later undue strain.
-
-The children the nurse sees are usually those in contact with a
-tuberculous father or mother. What is gained if we teach the parent to
-sleep alone, and spend part of the time away from them, yet permit him
-at other times to remain in close contact with the children?
-Intermittent contact, repeated often enough, is as bad as constant
-contact. If a mother nurses, feeds, cooks for, and handles her child,
-there are untold opportunities of infection. If the parent is
-intelligent and unselfish, it may be possible to bring about a relative
-degree of carefulness, and a minimum exposure, but there is no such
-thing as adequate carefulness while these conditions continue. Among the
-very poor, where it is impossible to regulate living conditions, there
-is practically no doing away with the danger of infection.
-
-Whenever the parents are sick, selfish, or ignorant; when the children
-are undisciplined and uncontrolled, and where the grind of poverty has
-reduced ethics to the most primitive basis, one cannot expect much. When
-a child is in constant contact with a tuberculous individual, no matter
-how careful that individual may try to be, there is always some danger.
-By the very nature of his disease, a consumptive cannot be a hundred per
-cent. careful. An adult living in contact with tuberculosis may be able
-to resist it, a child has infinitely less chance.
-
-The only way to ensure absolute safety for the child is to remove it
-from the danger, or to remove danger from it. Either the child must be
-removed from the house, or the patient must be removed from the house,
-it makes little difference which. The patient may be sent to an
-institution, or the child may be sent to a relative, to the country, to
-a neighbour, or to one of the child-saving agencies that are to be found
-in most communities. We are aware that in advocating this policy we are
-advocating what is called by the unthinking “breaking up the home,” as
-if tuberculosis had not long ago preceded us in this. Sending away the
-parent or the child is merely a belated effort to save what is left of
-the home.
-
-Whenever an institution is possible, the patient should go there. In
-many communities, however, there are no such facilities, or else their
-capacity is limited. In this case, the child is the one to be removed.
-This often becomes a matter of extreme difficulty, since it is hard to
-overcome the parent’s very natural resistance. In urging this
-separation, we are making a choice between two lives—one already doomed,
-and the other which may be saved from a similar fate.
-
-=Tuberculosis in Children.= Although children become infected at an
-early age, it is often most difficult to obtain a diagnosis for them.
-The most competent specialist hesitates to pronounce a child tuberculous
-until he has repeatedly examined it, and kept it under constant
-observation—and even then he may prefer to call it “suspicious only.” By
-the aid of the eye test and the skin test he may finally arrive at a
-positive diagnosis, but even then, he may not be sure of the location of
-the lesion. The child, therefore, though diagnostically a positive case,
-is not necessarily an infectious one.
-
-All these doubts and difficulties in connection with the diagnosis of
-tuberculosis in children serve to show that in a way this question may
-be called a negligible one, negligible, that is to say, as a menace to
-public health. It is important for the individual that a diagnosis be
-made, in order to do intensive work in upbuilding his resistance, but he
-is negligible as a distributor of infection. About ten per cent. of the
-visiting list is made up of children. On entering a home where there are
-two children, one tuberculous and one not, the nurse’s efforts should be
-concentrated on separating the two—the emphasis being placed on the care
-of the one as yet uninfected.
-
-The question frequently arises, Should these tuberculous children be
-sent to school? Is it well for them as individuals, from the standpoint
-of their own health, and is it well for those who are thrown in contact
-with them? This decision rests solely with the physician, and can be
-made by him alone. As far as danger to others is concerned, it must be
-remembered that while a person may be tuberculous, he is not necessarily
-infectious, and it is upon the infectiousness of a case that the danger
-depends.
-
-It is difficult to care for these tuberculous children. Most nurses
-become deeply distressed because of this. The children are frequently
-undisciplined, and their parents often weak and lacking in self-control.
-The nurse becomes discouraged and annoyed when she sees her directions
-unheeded or disobeyed. But, after all, these cases constitute but a
-minor part of the problem, and they are not patients who do much harm.
-It is sad to stand by and see the individual throw away his chances, or
-to see them thrown away for him—but this standing by is part of the
-work.
-
-=Open-Air Schools.= During the past five or six years, open-air schools
-or classrooms have been established in several of our large cities. This
-is an excellent affirmative answer as to whether a tuberculous child
-should attend school. At these places, careful, systematic attention is
-given the child for several hours a day. Non-tuberculous children are
-also admitted—they may be called pre-tuberculous, since they are anæmic,
-run-down, undernourished children, who come from homes where
-tuberculosis exists in active form. For such cases, the open-air school
-does excellent preventive work, in raising the child’s resistance to a
-point where it can cope with the exposure at home. These open-air
-classes are always in charge of a physician and a nurse; their
-management does not come within the range of this discussion, any more
-than does that of the hospital or the sanatorium.
-
-The public health nurse must always take advantage of these schools, if
-they exist, and must see that her children are sent there. She must
-avail herself of every agency and of every opportunity which will
-improve or secure the welfare of those under her charge.
-
-Schools of this kind are extremely valuable, but are not the solution of
-the tuberculosis problem, any more than the sanatorium for the early
-case is its solution. Both of these institutions deal with results, not
-causes. To fight tuberculosis, we must strike deep at the cause—the
-advanced case who scatters the disease. Open-air schools always make a
-strong appeal to people—it is easy to obtain money to support them, and
-easy for public sentiment to exaggerate their value in the
-anti-tuberculosis campaign. Since the public mind generally grasps but
-one idea at a time, it is not well to dissipate its facile interest on
-side issues. When a community has established on adequate scale the
-machinery for combating tuberculosis, it may then establish such
-effective allies as the open-air school. But to bring them on first,
-before the fundamentals, is to misdirect public sentiment, and to place
-the cart before the horse.
-
-=The Danger of Sending Patients to the Country.= Sooner or later, the
-nurse will be called upon to decide whether the tuberculous patient
-shall be sent to the country. This will be urged by earnest,
-well-meaning people—and sometimes by social workers who should know
-better. Needless to say, this policy calls for strong condemnation.
-Whatever good the patient himself might gain from going to the country,
-must be offset by the fact that the disease is spread elsewhere. To
-create new centres of infection is not the result at which the
-tuberculosis campaign is aimed.
-
-In his own home, under immediate and constant supervision, it is
-difficult to obtain from the patient anything better than relative
-carefulness. To get even that requires unceasing vigilance and continual
-training, both of the patient and of his family. Therefore, to free him
-of this restraint by sending him to a distant farm, would mean his
-immediate relapse into carelessness, and a danger to those among whom he
-is quartered. To send a consumptive into another household is to send
-him where he may infect other people. Pity for the patient should not
-obscure our interest in his possible victims.
-
-Moreover, the welfare of the patient himself is not as a rule secured by
-this method. These journeys to the “country” are usually to
-out-of-the-way little farm-houses, with various shortcomings both as to
-food and accommodation. They are often anything but satisfactory places
-for a sick man; or, if they happen to possess advantages, the patient
-may not know enough to use them. In making these statements, we are not
-speaking entirely at random, or from general surmises as to
-probabilities. A few years ago, we had on our visiting list some
-fifty-five patients who went to the country for the summer. They were in
-all stages of the disease, and it is well to note, in this connexion,
-that it is usually the advanced case who is most anxious to get away. Of
-the fifty-five cases, two were really benefited by their sojourn;
-thirteen were temporarily improved, but lost it all within a few weeks
-after their return; thirty-two came back to town worse than when they
-went away, and eight died while in the country.
-
-Of these fifty-five removals, it is safe to assume that fifty-five
-centres of infection were established in consequence. The families where
-they were quartered were doubtless unaware of the nature of the disease,
-or how to protect themselves in any way. Nor is it likely that any of
-these fifty-five farm-houses were afterwards properly cleaned or
-disinfected. It was of course impossible to follow the results in these
-scattered centres of infection—remote counties of Maryland and
-Virginia—but we succeeded in doing so in one instance out of the
-fifty-five. In this case, the patient had gone to a farm in Virginia; as
-a result of his visit, three members of a hitherto healthy family became
-infected, all of whom have since died, as well as the original patient,
-the “city boarder” who carried infection among them.
-
-Of course, if patients insist upon going to the country, nothing can
-prevent them, although the nurse must do her best to dissuade them. One
-patient who had a large airy room in town, decided that she would be
-better off on a farm. She was questioned as to conditions at the farm,
-and it transpired that she was to occupy an attic room, with one window,
-and that this room was to be shared with three other people. It then
-became an easy matter to dissuade her from going. It is not always thus
-easy to deflect them. Should they insist, they should be given plentiful
-supplies, and if the nurse can obtain the address of the family where
-they are to stay, she should send full information as to the patient’s
-condition. It is a regrettable fact, but when a patient is removed from
-surroundings where his condition is known, he is apt to discard his
-sputum cup and all other precautions by which he is rendered
-conspicuous.
-
-We cannot be too emphatic in refusing to send consumptives to the
-country. If a sanatorium or day camp is not available, they would better
-remain in the city. If the patient has money, he cannot of course be
-prevented from going. If he has no money, no appeal should be made for
-funds to send him away. To ask for money for such use is a wrong the
-public health nurse should have no hand in. Her business is to prevent
-scattering infection, not to aid in it.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
- Disinfection of Houses—Value of
- Fumigation—Formaldehyde—House-Cleaning—Burning and
- Sterilizing—Boiling—Carpets, Rugs, and Mattings—Painting,
- Papering, and Whitewashing—Temporary Removals—Vacant
- Houses—Compulsory Cleaning.
-
-
-=Disinfection of Houses.= One of the most important of the nurse’s
-duties is her arrangement for the fumigation and cleaning of premises
-that have been vacated by a consumptive. This takes place after death,
-or upon the patient’s removal to an institution, to another house, or to
-another room in the same house.
-
-Since tubercle bacilli are not confined to the sputum, but are
-discharged in great numbers during coughing attacks, and to a less
-extent during sneezing, speaking, and so forth, a patient not confined
-to one room, but who wanders freely about the house, scatters bacilli
-everywhere. No matter how careful he may be about the sputum, the nature
-of the disease makes it practically impossible to be equally careful
-about the expired air. Moreover, these organisms do not die of
-themselves, at the end of a few weeks. They are singularly tenacious and
-persist for months, virulent and active. A case is recorded in which
-they were found in a room six months after the patient’s removal, alive
-and virulent enough to cause tuberculosis in guinea-pigs inoculated with
-them. For this reason it takes drastic measures to rid a house of these
-tenacious germs.
-
-In indicating the rooms to be fumigated, it is necessary to include all
-those that have been occupied by the patient within the past six months.
-If he dies in his bedroom, it is not enough to do merely that one room.
-It is equally necessary to fumigate the kitchen, in which he sat until
-two months ago; the parlour, where he spent a few hours a day, and the
-second bedroom, to which he was now and then removed. All are infected,
-and all need the utmost care to free them from germs. The family must be
-taught why these rooms are dangerous, and made to understand the
-necessity for full and complete disinfection. It is better to err on the
-side of too much, rather than of too little care.
-
-In Baltimore, the actual fumigation is not done by the nurses, but by
-the employees of the Fumigation Division of the Health Department. The
-nurse indicates the rooms, instructs the family, and makes all the
-preliminary arrangements, after which she reports the premises to the
-fumigator, who disinfects them next day. It would be well if this
-fumigation could be done by the nurses or by a special corps of nurses;
-this would probably ensure more intelligent and conscientious work than
-that which the average city employee bestows upon this important task.
-
-As a matter of routine, every death from pulmonary tuberculosis is
-reported to the Tuberculosis Division; the nurse in whose district this
-death has occurred then inspects the house and arranges for the
-fumigation. Four times out of five the patient is already known to us
-and already under supervision, which makes the duty easier than if he
-were unknown. In either case, however, the nurse visits the home and
-arranges all the details.
-
-In like manner, all patients who enter either hospital or sanatorium are
-reported to the Health Department, the institutions furnishing their
-names and addresses so that the fumigation may be attended to. When a
-patient changes his address and moves to other quarters, the nurse is
-the only one who knows of this change, hence it is her responsibility to
-report these houses and see that they are fumigated. To arrange for all
-these fumigations, whether after death or after removal, means that a
-large amount of time is spent upon this work of trying to rid the
-community of dangerous centres of infection.
-
-=Value of Fumigation.= The actual value of fumigation is a debatable
-point. Under the best conditions, its efficacy is not a hundred per
-cent.—far from it—while under unfavourable conditions, when poorly done,
-its efficacy is so low as to be almost nil. The house whose cracks have
-been improperly stopped, and the old house, with open chimneys, loose
-windows, and apertures which cannot be closed, are not made safe by this
-process. Under such conditions, fumigation not only fails to remove the
-danger, but it produces a false sense of security. Unless properly done,
-it were better not to do it at all. We should prefer instead to depend
-upon vigorous house-cleaning, the use of hot water, soap, and the
-scrubbing brush, and the destruction of all infective material.
-Moreover, even under the best conditions, formaldehyde has no powers of
-penetration. Its action is purely superficial, and only useful for plane
-surfaces, such as walls, ceilings, and so forth. The most dangerous
-articles, such as clothing, carpets, bedding, and the like, are totally
-unaffected by it. We ought to stop teaching that fumigation alone will
-clear up these infected houses and make them safe for future habitation.
-The public has been misled as to the value of this measure, and allowed
-to place far more reliance upon it than has been justified by
-experience. It is high time for enlightenment. The most that can be said
-for fumigation is that undoubtedly it kills _some_ germs—so many that it
-is worth while to continue the practice of it, but too few to afford
-adequate protection. It must be supplemented by other and more radical
-measures.
-
-=Formaldehyde.= Formaldehyde in one of its preparations is the chemical
-most generally used, and is more valuable than sulphur, which is now
-discarded. In most cities, the Health Department attends to the
-fumigation. In small towns or rural districts, where there is no
-fumigating corps, formaldehyde is usually given upon application to the
-local or State Board of Health. In some localities, especially in
-country districts, there may be no appropriation for this disinfectant,
-which the householder must then buy himself.[4]
-
-Footnote 4:
-
- There are many formaldehyde preparations on the market, simple and
- easy to use, but these may be unobtainable. In this case, an effective
- method is the combination of formaldehyde with potassium permanganate.
- For a room containing 1000 cubic feet of air space (a room 10 feet
- long, 10 feet wide, and 10 feet high), the amount needed is: Potassium
- permanganate, oz. 111.; liquid formaldehyde, pint 1. Place the
- formaldehyde in a large galvanized iron bucket (holding 8 to 10
- quarts), and drop the permanganate into it. The room should be left
- closed for six hours; a longer time is unnecessary, a shorter time
- ineffectual. All cracks, of course, should have been previously
- stopped.
-
-Since fumigation is only a matter of six hours’ duration, it will cause
-no great hardship or inconvenience to the family which for this short
-period must be turned out of the house. Yet many people complain
-bitterly over this trial, and raise every possible objection. They are
-willing enough to have one room done, but refuse to allow more. The
-nurse must explain that a six hours’ inconvenience is better than
-risking health and life, and she should also explain that in insisting
-upon fumigation the Health Department is neither arbitrary nor
-vindictive. Fumigation is a rather costly affair, and this expense is
-incurred, not to annoy but to protect the community. In winning over a
-reluctant family she has a chance to do excellent educational work. It
-is always better to secure their intelligent co-operation, even though
-it take long and patient argument, than to end the discussion by
-abruptly informing them that fumigation is compulsory, and will be done
-whether desired or not.
-
-=House-Cleaning.= Fumigation must always be followed by most searching
-and thorough house-cleaning, which important task must be done by the
-family itself. All floors should be scrubbed with hot water containing
-lye or soda solution and all washable surfaces should be likewise
-treated. This includes furniture, doors, door knobs, windows, stairs,
-banister rails, and so forth. The necessity for this house-cleaning
-cannot be too strongly emphasized.
-
-=Burning and Sterilizing.= The most highly infective material is the
-bedding, mattress, pillows, clothing, and so forth, which have been used
-by the patient. Since these articles cannot be made safe by formaldehyde
-fumigation, and since most of them cannot be washed and boiled, there
-are but two methods of disposal. The most drastic and wasteful is to
-burn them, yet this must always be advised unless we can offer the
-alternative of sterilization under high pressure steam. To burn
-infective material involves a loss which few people can afford, and they
-are loth to make the sacrifice; most of these articles, while laden with
-germs, are nevertheless serviceable and in good condition. To expect
-that they will be burned, therefore, is to expect the impossible. If the
-family consent to destroy certain articles, they reserve others, equally
-unsafe for use. The only alternative is the municipal sterilizer, and
-any community which expects to do effective preventive work must
-establish this as a factor of first importance.
-
-In Baltimore there is such a sterilizer, and the use of it is very
-simple. When the nurse arranges about the fumigation, she selects at the
-same time whatever articles are to be sterilized—pillows, mattresses,
-blankets, clothing, and so forth. These are then called for by the men
-from the Fumigation Division. They are placed in large canvas bags,
-inventoried, labelled, and carried to the sterilizer. Here they are
-steamed and dried, and returned a day or two later in good condition.
-The householder signs a receipt to this effect.[5]
-
-Footnote 5:
-
- Certain articles are ruined by sterilization, and the nurse must be
- careful not to include these, or there will be a suit for damages.
- Leather and furs, can never be steamed. Straw mattresses are also
- injured. Nor is it possible to sterilize carpets and matting, because
- of their bulk. The sterilizer should be reserved exclusively for
- material which lends itself readily to treatment of this kind. In
- selecting what is suitable, the nurse should exclude old and filthy
- articles, which should be burned.
-
-Unfortunately, steam sterilizing plants are rare, and in most
-communities the nurse will have to protect her patients in other ways.
-As we have said before, the only alternative is burning, and this often
-works great hardship on many families. With the very poor, the Federated
-Charities may be called upon to supply new mattresses, etc., in place of
-those that have been destroyed, and as a rule this response is prompt.
-Yet there are many cases where the family is too poor to suffer this
-loss, yet not poor enough to come within range of a charitable
-association. These cases constitute a difficult problem—a problem that
-is entirely solved only by the municipal sterilizer.
-
-Except through sterilization, there is no way in which these articles
-may be made safe. Carbolizing will not do this, neither will sunshine.
-Valuable as sunshine is, it is difficult to secure prolonged exposure,
-especially in tenement districts. It is possible, of course, to take a
-mattress apart and wash and boil the ticking; feathers or hair may be
-sent to an upholsterer, who has means of steaming them. Pillows may be
-put into a large wash-boiler, and boiled for half an hour, after which
-they may be washed—it will take a week or more before they become
-thoroughly dry and usable. All these alternatives involve a great outlay
-of time and energy, and we cannot but feel sceptical as to the
-thoroughness with which this cleaning is likely to be done. A family
-which objects to parting with dangerous articles, and prefers risk to
-inconvenience or deprivation, is hardly likely to be scrupulous as to
-details of this character.
-
-In Baltimore, before the advent of the steam sterilizer, the amount of
-material burned was never more than a third of the amount which should
-have been burned. Still, under the circumstances, we were thankful to
-have achieved this third. Since the establishment of the sterilizer, we
-now succeed in getting over two thirds (70 per cent.) of the infective
-material sterilized. This is a triumph for the nurse’s teaching, since
-there is no law making sterilization compulsory.
-
-=Boiling.= Everything which can be boiled will of course be made safe,
-whether these articles be of wool, linen, china, rubber, etc. Even
-blankets may be boiled, although the family will object to this on the
-ground that it shrinks them. The nurse must explain that not to boil
-them may have consequences even more disastrous. The nurse must never
-permit her patients to make indiscriminate bonfires, and wantonly
-destroy harmless articles, or those which may readily be made so. We
-know one family which destroyed a whole set of dishes, not from painful
-association, but from a misdirected desire to do the right thing. For
-this reason, the nurse must look over all articles carefully, giving
-thoughtful counsel as to the proper disposition of each.
-
-=Carpets, Rugs, and Mattings.= As the sterilizer cannot be used for
-carpets, rugs, and mattings, there is nothing to do but advise that
-these articles be burned. As a rule, this destruction is agreed to with
-more readiness than in the case of pillows and mattresses.
-
-=Painting, Papering, and Whitewashing.= Whenever possible, the rooms
-used by a consumptive should be repapered, painted, or whitewashed as
-the case may be. The more thorough and complete the measures taken to
-eliminate tuberculosis, the greater the chances of success. It is a
-costly disease, and costly measures, both as to money, energy, and time,
-are required to get rid of it. Half-way methods are poor economy.
-
-=Temporary Removals.= The foregoing directions apply mainly to those
-cases in which the patient has either died, or has been permanently
-removed elsewhere. If his return is not expected (as when an advanced
-case enters the hospital), the amount of cleaning, burning, repapering,
-etc., would naturally be as great as that required after death.
-
-On the other hand, when his removal is but temporary and the patient
-expects to return home after a few months, the amount of disinfection
-would be considerably modified. When he enters a sanatorium, his house
-must be fumigated and cleaned, so that for a few months at least the
-family may be relieved of danger. Under such circumstances, it would not
-be necessary to counsel the destruction of the mattress and bedding that
-he is to use upon his return. Meanwhile, no other member of the family
-should use these things, although in certain instances it is almost
-impossible to prevent their doing so. For such cases the municipal
-sterilizer is needed—indeed no community can make much headway against
-tuberculosis until it provides a means of removing the danger without
-causing loss to the individual.
-
-=Vacant Houses.= When a family’s removal leaves a vacant house, there is
-naturally no one left to do the cleaning. The Health Department will do
-the fumigation, but the more essential house-cleaning remains undone.
-These houses often stand idle for weeks or months before finding a new
-tenant. Even if it were possible to discover the landlord or owners (a
-task which in itself would require a staff of employees), it is doubtful
-whether they would clean these houses themselves, or notify their new
-tenants of the need for extra vigilance. Legislation compelling
-house-cleaning would be difficult to put through. The landlord feels
-relieved of all responsibility when once the fumigation is accomplished,
-and that this fumigation is not a hundred per cent. effective is no
-concern of his. He, together with the general public, has been misled as
-to its true value. Nor is thorough cleaning, painting, and papering an
-expense that he would willingly incur. The question of the fumigated but
-not necessarily safe house is one that causes considerable anxiety. We
-feel that the only way to deal with it, is that the nurse keep these
-vacant houses on her visiting list, so to speak, and watch for the time
-when they are re-let. This entails considerable loss of time, which she
-can ill afford to spare from her patients, but the information she can
-give the new tenant will have distinct preventive value. She must tell
-the newcomer that he has moved into a house in which there has been
-tuberculosis, and that only by the most exact and painstaking efforts
-can it be made safe.
-
-=Concessions.= In carrying out this important work, the nurse sometimes
-becomes so enthusiastic that her common-sense gives way under the
-strain. She wishes to carry her point, without fully realizing the
-prejudices, ignorances, sometimes even the comfort, of the family she is
-dealing with. After a death, she comes upon a household in a most upset,
-distressed, and often irresponsible condition, and she must be very
-gentle and patient in her relations with them. She must accomplish what
-is necessary, without undue disturbance of their prejudices and
-feelings. For example: Orthodox Jewish people observe a mourning period
-of several days following death, during which time they wish to remain
-undisturbed. Fumigation should be postponed until this time is past. A
-few days’ delay will not injure the health of a family which has been
-exposed to infection for months. By thus respecting their religious
-customs, it will be possible to gain better co-operation as to cleaning
-and so forth; co-operation which would have been jeopardized by riding
-roughshod over their feelings and beliefs.
-
-Sometimes people raise objections because they have nowhere to go for
-the six hours required for fumigation, during which time they must leave
-the house. If there is no kindly neighbour to take them in, the nurse
-may arrange with a Settlement or other social agency, to give them
-shelter. We have often asked for hospitality in this way, and have
-always met a ready response. Sometimes, if a house is a large one, it is
-possible to have it fumigated in sections, a few rooms being done one
-day, a few the next.
-
-=Compulsory Cleaning.= In most communities, fumigation is compulsory.
-But there is no regulation whatever concerning the after-care of the
-premises—the cleaning, sterilization, and destruction of infective
-material. The relatively unimportant part is obligatory, while the
-essential part is optional. And that this essential part is done, and
-well done, depends almost entirely upon the teachings of the public
-health nurse.
-
-If, however, the family remains obdurate, refusing to clean and
-disinfect, nothing can be done. Since it is now generally acknowledged
-that fumigation falls far short of what it was once expected to do, we
-need laws making adequate disinfection compulsory; until such laws are
-enacted, we can only rely on the ability of the nurse to teach the
-necessity for cleaning and disinfecting. How valuable is this teaching
-may be gathered from these figures (_Report_, 1913, Tuberculosis
-Division of the Baltimore Health Department): “After death: houses
-cleaned, 80 per cent.; bedding, etc., either burned or sterilized, 70
-per cent.” With adequate laws, the nurses would make even a better
-showing.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
- The Tuberculosis Dispensary—Equipment—Medicines—Hours—Consideration of
- Patients—Function of the Dispensary—The Physician’s Service—The
- Physician’s Qualifications—The Physician and the Patient—Duties of
- the Nurse—Tuberculin Classes—The Nurse in Home and Dispensary—The
- Nurse as an Asset to the Community.
-
-
-=The Tuberculosis Dispensary.= No community can make definite progress
-against tuberculosis until it establishes a place where suspicious
-patients may be sent for examination and diagnosis. Unless this disease
-be promptly and definitely recognized, it is impossible to give advice,
-or take authoritative action concerning the treatment of the patient and
-his family. If in connection with the dispensary there was also a corps
-of municipal physicians, who could visit the patients in their homes,
-and examine all suspects called to their attention, diagnoses could be
-obtained even more promptly. As it is now, considerable interval often
-elapses between the time when the patient is advised to go to a
-dispensary and the time when he follows this advice. The existence of a
-corps of visiting physicians would prevent such delays. The patient
-would be allowed a reasonable time in which to present himself, at the
-expiration of which period he would be sought out by the officer of the
-municipality. This prompt recognition of tuberculosis would save the
-community from an enormous amount of exposure. The time may yet come
-when Departments of Health will see the wisdom of such measures.
-
-Until that time, the special dispensary represents the only means of
-obtaining a diagnosis; it is the only place where patients may freely be
-sent, and where an expert and frank opinion may be had. Such a
-dispensary may be established in connection with the general dispensary
-of a hospital, or by the local Health Department, or it may be supported
-by the same group of people or association which supports the special
-nurse. In Baltimore, we have had dispensaries of all three kinds, and
-the nurses have worked in connection with each one, on exactly the same
-terms.
-
-=Equipment.= The great tuberculosis dispensaries run in connection with
-the large hospitals and medical schools are usually very completely and
-elaborately equipped. They contain large waiting rooms, examining rooms,
-special rooms for the giving of tuberculin, for X-ray examinations, for
-throat examinations, for laboratory work, and so forth. All these are
-needed in teaching centres, where it is necessary to collect certain
-scientific data. But for the purpose of making an ordinary physical
-examination a simpler equipment will do equally well.
-
-In Baltimore there are several small municipal dispensaries, all under
-the control of, and managed by, the Department of Health. They are
-situated in different parts of the city, readily accessible to the
-patients of different localities. Each dispensary consists of two or
-three rooms, which are in the same building which houses the Federated
-Charities, and other social agencies. This arrangement has several
-advantages, from the point of view of both economy and co-operation. To
-have rented similar rooms in another building or in a private house
-would have meant a much greater outlay of money, to say nothing of the
-opposition encountered in obtaining the use of these rooms for
-dispensary purposes.
-
-The furnishings of these little municipal dispensaries are extremely
-simple, but they lack nothing of comfort and convenience. The outer or
-waiting room contains two or three dozen chairs, or benches to
-accommodate an equal number of people. A corner of this room is screened
-off for the nurse’s table, where she keeps her charts and records, and
-writes the patients’ histories. A couple of filing cabinets, a medicine
-closet, and a pair of scales complete the outfit.
-
-[Illustration: Waiting Room in Municipal Dispensary]
-
-The inner, or examining room, is also simple and inexpensively
-furnished. It is divided into several compartments by means of gas
-piping, each compartment being large enough to hold a revolving stool
-and a wicker lounge. Unbleached muslin curtains hang from these gas-pipe
-rods, making several little cubicles in which the patients are examined.
-It is thus possible for the doctor to examine a patient in one cubicle,
-while another patient undresses in the adjoining one—an arrangement
-which saves considerable time. Sheets, towels, and blankets complete the
-necessary furnishings, which may be cheap or costly according to the
-means available. The doctor’s table stands in one corner of this
-examining room.
-
-This is not necessarily the last word as to what tuberculosis
-dispensaries should be, but we have found the ones described practical.
-No tuberculin tests are given here, and all sputum examinations are made
-at the Health Department laboratory.
-
-=Medicines.= A supply of simple drugs is kept in the medicine closet.
-This includes a few of the standard tonics, such as iron, quinine and
-strychnia, nux vomica, gentian and alkali, and so forth; there are also
-cough syrups, and heroin, codeine, cascara, etc. The tonics are usually
-bought in large quantities, in gallon jugs, and in her leisure moments
-the nurse pours them into four- or six-ounce bottles. If these bottles
-are filled by the druggist, the expense is somewhat greater. This
-medicine is given free of charge, although now and then a patient may
-wish to make a small payment of ten cents or so. In themselves, these
-drugs cannot be said to constitute treatment, yet it has been found
-advisable to dispense them. Patients are so accustomed to being dosed,
-that they have no faith in an institution which does not prescribe for
-them. It is above all things necessary to make these dispensaries
-popular, so that patients will freely seek them, and recommend them to
-their friends. Only through wide publicity and extensive patronage can
-they become effective factors in the fight against tuberculosis.
-
-[Illustration: Examining Room in Municipal Dispensary, showing the room
-divided into cubicles, by means of gas-piping]
-
-=Hours.= The hours at which a dispensary is open will depend somewhat
-upon its location, also upon whether or not the physician’s services are
-volunteered; in the latter case, it will depend upon the time he is able
-to give to it. If it is open in the morning, the workingman cannot
-attend without losing a whole day from his work, nor are these hours
-convenient for schoolchildren, or for the busy housewife who does most
-of her work before noon. If the dispensary is open in the afternoon, all
-three classes of patients may be accommodated; the workingman will lose
-half, not an entire day, while women and children can attend with no
-inconvenience at all. Afternoon hours, say from two till five, not only
-permit patients to be examined by daylight instead of artificial light,
-but the doctor will be further aided in his diagnosis by the presence or
-absence of that characteristic symptom, an afternoon temperature. Night
-clinics are necessary in certain localities, when they may be patronized
-by men and women, employed during the day, who would otherwise be unable
-to come to them.[6]
-
-Footnote 6:
-
- Night clinics are in existence in New York, Hartford, Boston, Chicago,
- and other cities, and are well attended.
-
-=Consideration for Patients.= The first consideration of the dispensary
-should be the comfort and welfare of the patients. We have known many
-dispensaries where the first consideration was the experience of the
-students or physicians, the patient being regarded merely as good
-clinical material. In dispensaries connected with medical schools, which
-are essentially used for teaching purposes, this condition is
-unfortunately necessary, yet we cannot believe that it is necessary to
-the extent to which it is sometimes carried. We have often known of
-“interesting” cases being held up for hours, in order that they might be
-examined by certain men, or groups of students; moreover, this
-detention, prolonged examination, and exposure often took place when the
-patient was very weak, when he lost his job through the delay, or when a
-husband’s dinner, a nursing baby, or a houseful of children made such
-detention intolerable. Patients often refuse to return to a large
-dispensary on the ground that “they keep you all day, everyone in the
-place examines you, and you get so tired and sick you have to stay in
-bed for a week afterward.” This lack of consideration—failure to look
-upon the patient as a human being—is what tends to make dispensaries
-unpopular. We have known patients to come straight from such an
-experience and deliver themselves into the hands of a quack. However
-necessary it may be to use certain dispensaries as teaching centres, the
-tuberculosis campaign demands clinics of another kind. If the
-tuberculosis dispensary is to be a factor in the fight against this
-disease, it cannot afford to be a training school as well—it should be
-in charge of men already trained.
-
-=Function of the Dispensary.= It follows, then, that the function of the
-municipal dispensary is of necessity different from that established for
-teaching purposes. The larger dispensary serves a double purpose, the
-little dispensary serves but one; it is an examining station for making
-diagnoses. Here the patient should come as informally as he would to a
-doctor’s office, and here he should be able to consult experienced men.
-We feel that the informality of these little clinics constitutes their
-strong point. The patients are not afraid of them, and their great
-advantage lies in their social rather than their scientific value. They
-are merely places where a communicable disease may be discovered at the
-earliest possible moment.
-
-=The Physician’s Service.= If a community decides to establish a
-dispensary, the first step must be to secure the services of a
-physician. At first this may be voluntary, and many doctors will gladly
-offer an hour or two of their time, once or twice a week. Should there
-be great pressure of work, it may be possible to find several men
-willing to offer their time. But however willingly and freely
-offered—for most physicians are generous in response to calls of this
-sort—it must be remembered that, after all, this service is gratuitous.
-The busy physician will often be obliged to side-track his dispensary
-obligations, in favour of urgent private calls. This is only to be
-expected, yet too many such side-trackings are bad for the dispensary.
-The patients lose confidence in it; it is discouraging for a roomful of
-sick people to find no one to receive them.
-
-Experience teaches us to look askance at all volunteer work, no matter
-how generously or sincerely offered. Under certain conditions it may
-have to be accepted, but whenever possible, the physician in charge of
-the dispensary should be paid. It is fairer to him, and fairer to the
-patients.
-
-The Health Department of Baltimore has three special tuberculosis
-dispensaries, each open twice a week, for two hours at a time. The
-physician in charge is paid a good salary, and as a result, the
-regularity of his attendance is in sharp contrast to that in certain
-other dispensaries, where the work is done by well meaning but
-overworked men who volunteer their services. Tuberculosis is a disease
-that cannot be overcome by volunteer work or economical methods.
-
-=The Physician’s Qualifications.= The success of the dispensary depends
-upon the ability and character of the physician in charge. He should be
-able to make a diagnosis by means of auscultation and percussion,
-without hesitating to commit himself until a sputum examination reveals
-the bacilli.[7] For if finding the bacilli is to be the sole test by
-which tuberculosis may be recognized, it would be possible for the nurse
-to obtain specimens of sputum from her patients and submit them to the
-laboratory direct—thus doing away with the doctor and proving the
-dispensary superfluous.
-
-Footnote 7:
-
- See Chapter IX., page 109.
-
-Nor is this all. The physician must have a strong social sense, and be
-able to inspire his patients with confidence. In no other work does the
-personal character play so large a part, and this applies to the doctor
-as well as to the nurse. One of our patients, enthusiastic in her praise
-of one of the dispensary men, summed this up with homely accuracy: “He
-couldn’t have been nicer to me if I’d paid him fifty cents in his
-office.”
-
-=The Physician and the Patient.= After the patient has been examined,
-the doctor carefully explains to him the nature of his disease, and the
-precautions necessary. Since these directions must often be brief and
-hurried, he will further add that he is sending a nurse to the patient’s
-home, to act under his orders, and see that certain directions are
-carried out. In this manner, the doctor prepares the way for the nurse’s
-visit, and gives her an authority which greatly facilitates her work.
-With this assistance, it is far easier to gain the patient’s confidence
-than if it has been forgotten or withheld. The orders concerning the
-patient are then given to the nurse, and if these include admission to
-an institution, it is her duty to arrange all the necessary details, and
-so relieve the physician of much time-consuming work.
-
-=Duties of the Nurse.= If a community has a special dispensary as well
-as a special nurse, the nurse’s duties are twofold, and should include
-not only the home supervision of the patients, but attendance at the
-dispensary as well. She is the connecting link between the two. In this
-way, her intimate knowledge of home conditions is placed at the
-physician’s disposal, who is then able to give sounder advice and deal
-more intelligently with his patients if he has some knowledge of their
-environment.
-
-The nurse’s presence at the dispensary is often a considerable
-assistance in persuading patients to come. Patients are often frightened
-and shy, and dread the unknown, consequently it is better if the nurse
-can give them the comforting assurance that she will be on hand to
-welcome them. From her knowledge of their home conditions, she also
-knows which cases can afford to wait, and which should be taken out of
-turn and given immediate attention. It is thus possible to deal with
-them in a personal and intelligent manner. Since at present the control
-of tuberculosis lies largely with the patients themselves, and depends
-almost wholly upon their good-will and co-operation, it is necessary to
-establish this co-operation as firmly as possible.
-
-The duties of the nurse consist in taking the history of the patient;
-taking his weight and temperature, and preparing him for physical
-examination. If the patient is a woman, she must be present while this
-examination is made. She also gives such drugs as may have been
-prescribed. On his arrival, each patient receives a paper napkin to hold
-over his mouth during coughing attacks, and to use for expectoration. A
-special receptacle should be provided for these soiled napkins, and they
-should afterwards be burned. The nurse should come to the dispensary
-half an hour before it opens, in order to put it in readiness,—to take
-out the charts and histories, attend to the drugs, place towels and
-sheets in the examining rooms, and so forth. Whenever the clinic becomes
-large enough to require it, it will become necessary to place the
-clerical work in charge of a clerk.
-
-In these informal clinics considerable trouble is often caused by
-patients who arrive just before closing time, and expect to be examined.
-It is unwise to encourage this sort of tardiness, and a time limit
-should be set and strictly adhered to. All patients arriving after a
-specified hour should be directed to come another day, except such
-patients as are recognized by the nurse as worthy of exception from this
-rule. The most frequent offenders are not the patients who come from a
-distance, but those who live just around the corner. Unless punctuality
-be insisted upon, there will be endless overtime work for both doctor
-and nurse.
-
-=Tuberculin Classes.= At some of the large dispensaries, selected cases
-are formed into what are called Tuberculin Classes, and given special
-treatment. These patients are very carefully chosen, both from a
-financial as well as a physical standpoint, and intensive work, of a
-curative rather than a preventive nature, is put upon them. The
-treatment is carried out in their homes, where as nearly as possible
-sanatorium conditions are attained. Unruliness, or failure to comply
-with the regulations, means being dropped from the class. These patients
-live on a carefully planned routine, carried out under close supervision
-of both doctor and nurse. They report to the dispensary at certain
-intervals, once a week or so, and there tuberculin is administered,
-weights taken, and examinations made. Each patient keeps a little book
-containing a daily record of his doings, including the number of hours
-spent in the open-air, food—kind and amount, exercise, temperature,
-cough, and other symptoms. This book is presented at each visit to the
-dispensary, and the nurse also inspects it when she visits his home.
-These class patients often do extremely well, and excellent results are
-often obtained. Like all work of a curative nature, however,—in which
-the subjects are carefully selected and as carefully rejected,—it deals
-with so few people that it makes no real impression on the situation.
-The tuberculosis problem is, what can be done for a thousand patients,
-not for twenty. It is always possible to select a handful of cases and
-maintain them indefinitely at a high level of health, by a considerable
-outlay of money, energy, and time—an expenditure from which the
-community as a whole derives little benefit.
-
-To establish a tuberculin class is purely a physician’s affair, and all
-directions in regard to it come from the doctor himself.
-
-=The Nurse in Home and Dispensary.= When the staff is large and there
-are several nurses, it may seem advisable, upon first consideration, to
-assign one nurse solely to dispensary duty, and leave the others to work
-in the homes. It is a better plan, however, to let all the nurses
-combine service of both kinds, as the single nurse in the small
-community must do. The intimate connection between home and dispensary
-should never be broken—it is much too valuable. Moreover, as far as the
-nurse herself is concerned, the monotony of dispensary work becomes
-extremely wearing, and it is well to vary it with duty in the home. It
-is a regrettable fact that a nurse confined to mere mechanical routine,
-is apt to lose that fine understanding and sympathy which she needs in
-her work, and which is always lost whenever human beings become merely
-“cases.”
-
-In Baltimore this service is arranged in the following manner: There are
-three Municipal Dispensaries, and one other clinic, managed on the same
-lines, although not connected with the Health Department. These are
-situated at the boundary lines of two or more adjoining districts, and
-are thus accessible to the patients as well as the nurses of the
-adjacent areas. All four clinics are served by certain nurses of the
-Health Department, who are on duty on alternate days or alternate weeks,
-as the case may be. Thus, the nurse from any one district is on
-dispensary duty for two afternoons a week, every other week. This
-deprives the home of her services to only a very slight extent—a
-deprivation which is counter-balanced by her increased opportunities for
-effective work. We should never advocate any greater curtailment of home
-work, however, since the home, or centre of infection, is always the
-chief point of attack.
-
-From another standpoint it is well that the nurses combine both kinds of
-service. Through sickness or other reasons, it may become necessary to
-substitute one nurse for another, and it is an advantage to have nurses
-trained and able to relieve each other when necessary.
-
-=The Nurse as an Asset to the Community.= We have hitherto considered
-the nurse as a public health nurse, or servant of the entire community.
-Whether supported by public or private funds, whether connected with the
-Health Department or a private association, we have considered her as
-ready to answer all calls made upon her. We have regarded her as at the
-service of all physicians, dispensaries, institutions, social workers,
-and laymen, ready to respond to all calls without hesitation or
-discrimination. Her unattachment to any claims but those of the
-community as a whole gives her this broad field.
-
-If, however, her work be limited to the patients of any one institution,
-association, or sect, she is no longer an asset to the community. For
-example, if she is employed by a certain dispensary to visit its
-patients only, her work is circumscribed. Her usefulness will be
-restricted—her service will be valuable to the physicians of such an
-institution, and she will collect data for their records, but her duties
-will be localized for the good of the dispensary, rather than for
-society as a whole. The same would be true if she be employed by a St.
-Vincent de Paul Society to care for Catholic consumptives, or by a
-Jewish organization to follow up Jewish patients—any arrangement through
-which she visits one patient in a block, but refuses the case next door,
-means a narrow field of service. She then becomes the nurse of an
-institution, or a sect, rather than a public health nurse. The object of
-her work is not the welfare of the community, but the welfare of certain
-individual patients. Incidentally, her work may benefit the community,
-but it falls far short of its possibilities. It must be supplemented by
-new agencies, with the consequent duplication and waste of effort that
-this always involves.
-
-Our experience in Baltimore will illustrate this point. In 1904, when
-tuberculosis nursing was first organized, two nurses were placed in the
-field. One was attached to the dispensary, of the Johns Hopkins
-Hospital, the other placed in charge of the Visiting Nurse Association.
-Between them the city was divided into halves, one nurse working in the
-eastern, the other in the western portion of the town. The dispensary
-nurse visited only patients who had been to the dispensary. The nurse of
-the Visiting Nurse Association visited not only dispensary cases, but
-_all patients reported from whatever source_. Thus, in East Baltimore,
-if two consumptives lived in the same tenement, one a dispensary case
-and the other under no supervision at all, only one of these two was
-visited. In West Baltimore, both patients were cared for on equal terms.
-At the end of a year, another nurse was added to the Visiting Nurse
-Association staff, but not to the dispensary. The city was then
-redivided, this time into thirds, and again the patients were cared for
-under the same conditions. The dispensary nurse served the Johns Hopkins
-Dispensary; the Visiting Nurses served the dispensary and the community
-as well. Finally, in 1910, the tuberculosis work of the Visiting Nurse
-Association was taken over by the city, thus creating a new municipal
-department, the Tuberculosis Division of the City Health Department. At
-that time the dispensary nurse gave up visiting in the homes of the
-patients, and confined herself entirely to routine dispensary duties.
-This left all visiting work to the Health Department nurses, who were as
-punctilious in making reports to the dispensary as was the dispensary
-nurse herself. By this arrangement, the Phipps, in common with every
-other dispensary in the city, has had a large staff of nurses placed at
-its disposal. Both the dispensaries and the community gain through this
-co-operation.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
-
- The Nurse in Relation to the Institution—Reports Made to the
- Institution—Procuring Patients for it—The Value of the
- Sanatorium—Sanatorium Outfit—Return from the Sanatorium—Work for
- the Arrested Case—Light Work—Outdoor Work.
-
-
-=The Nurse in Relation to the Institution.= As the nurse is the
-go-between from patient to physician, and from patient to dispensary, so
-also does her service link together patient and institution. This, of
-course, is only possible if she is a public health nurse—not if she is
-the agent for one institution alone, or if she is employed to serve one
-set of people instead of the community as a whole. Just as she should be
-at the service of every physician, dispensary, and layman who chooses to
-call upon her, so in like manner should she serve both hospital and
-sanatorium. She will act as beater-up in the matter of sending patients
-into these institutions; will arrange all details connected with their
-admission, and finally, upon their discharge, will take them again under
-her supervision and care. By this co-operation, the patient himself
-profits, likewise the community, while the institutions are enabled to
-keep in touch with their discharged cases, learn of their condition,
-and, through the nurse’s reports, add to their histories and records
-from time to time in a way which will greatly enhance their value.
-
-There is complete co-operation between the various institutions of
-Baltimore and the nurses of the Health Department. Of the five
-institutions near the city, four admit both early and late cases, while
-one is for advanced cases only. Whenever a patient is admitted to or
-discharged from one of these institutions, either hospital or
-sanatorium, the Health Department is at once notified of the fact.
-Following admission, the nurse visits the home and arranges for the
-fumigation. Two thirds of the patients admitted are already known and
-under supervision, but whether known or unknown, the visit is made and
-fumigation arranged for in the usual manner. In homes where the patient
-is unknown, the nurse often finds suspicious cases, which she sends for
-examination and diagnosis. By means of this sharp look-out the visiting
-list is considerably augmented.
-
-When the discharge of a case is reported, the patient may or may not
-have been under previous supervision. If already on the visiting list,
-the nurse merely resumes her visits. If not on the list, he is taken on
-at once. Needless to say, the physician in charge of the institution
-should prepare the way for the nurse’s coming, as should the physician
-of the dispensary. If he forgets to do so, the nurse may have some
-difficulty, especially with patients discharged in good condition, who
-see no need for her services. When discharged in bad condition, the
-reason is obvious enough, but in either case co-operation with the
-institution is necessary.
-
-=Reports Made to the Institution.= The reports made to the institution
-vary in accordance with the wishes of the physician in charge. Sometimes
-they are informal, made on certain specified cases; sometimes they are
-extensive and deal with large numbers of individuals. The value of these
-reports is indicated by the following examples: Two months ago a young
-girl was admitted as a paying patient, but she is now at the end of her
-resources, which consisted of a small fund subscribed through
-contributions of her fellow-workers. If she is to remain longer at the
-sanatorium, she must be transferred to the free list. Or we find that a
-young man, admitted erroneously to the free list, is in a position to
-pay; in justice to the institution and those who perforce must accept
-its hospitality, this patient should be transferred to the paying side.
-Or we receive a letter from the superintendent, saying that a certain
-patient has failed to arrive on the day specified, and asking us to look
-into the matter. Upon investigation we may find that a death in the
-family, an accident, or the lack of railway fare has been the cause of
-his non-arrival. Provision for him to go can then be made—his place is
-not forfeited, but held for him until a more favourable time. These
-personal relations between the nurse and the institution bring a great
-sense of cordial understanding and mutual good-will.
-
-The more extensive reports are managed as follows: Once a year, or
-oftener if necessary, certain institutions send to the Health Department
-a full list of their discharged patients, whom they wish looked up. The
-names and addresses are written on separate slips of paper, which
-contain a printed list of questions to be answered. These are
-distributed among the nurses of the different districts, each nurse
-being responsible for the patients in her own territory. Within a week
-or ten days all the slips are filled in, and a full return made on all
-cases submitted for investigation. This involves little extra work on
-the part of the nurses, since in nearly every instance the patients are
-already under supervision—and if through any oversight they are not, it
-affords a means of finding them. The superintendents of the various
-institutions find this a satisfactory way of keeping in touch with their
-ex-patients, and we think that this work is well within the field of the
-visiting nurse. Each gains by this co-operation—the Health Department,
-which wishes to supervise all consumptive patients, and the institution,
-which wishes accurate data for its reports. In effective social work the
-keynote of success is reciprocity.
-
-=Procuring Patients for the Institution.= In still another way does the
-nurse serve the institution and that is by procuring patients for it.
-Large, well organized, and well equipped institutions have little
-difficulty in filling their beds, but this is often the reverse with
-those less known and less attractive. It takes much persuasion to induce
-a sick man to leave his home, and it often takes still more to persuade
-his family to let him go. To point out the necessity for institutional
-care, and induce the patient to take advantage of this, is the chief
-duty of the public health nurse. Only when she does this duty thoroughly
-and well does the demand for hospital beds exceed the supply. For
-example: in Baltimore, before the nurses went on duty, the large
-hospital for advanced cases was never more than half full. The community
-was not well enough educated to take advantage of it. Since the nurses
-have been on duty, however, not only has this hospital been filled to
-capacity, but the capacity itself has been enlarged to nearly
-double—while a long waiting list is constantly maintained. A small
-sanatorium was recently opened in Maryland, with a capacity of twenty
-beds; at the end of five months, it had only five patients. The nurses’
-aid was solicited, and within a week it was full. This situation has
-also occurred in other cities, which found themselves equipped with
-excellent hospital accommodations, which the patients refused to make
-use of. Co-operation between the institution and the municipal or
-visiting nurses would doubtless have promptly remedied this state of
-affairs. Incidentally we may observe, the better managed and more
-comfortable the institution, the less difficulty there is in keeping it
-full. It must offer substantial advantages over the home—attractions
-which even the most ignorant and prejudiced must be trained to
-appreciate.
-
-=The Value of the Sanatorium.= The sanatorium for the treatment of
-hopeful cases is by no means as valuable as was at first expected. The
-cure of tuberculosis is at best very problematical, and the sanatorium
-is chiefly useful to those who can control their environment upon
-discharge. Unless this can be done, treatment will be of little avail,
-although it will delay the inevitable end. The patient who comes from
-the alley and returns to the alley is foredoomed. And as most patients
-come from the alley, figuratively speaking, and are afterwards obliged
-to return to it, the results obtained by these sanatoriums are by no
-means commensurate with the expense involved in maintaining them.
-Whatever benefit is derived from them is for the individual, rather than
-for the community.
-
-In the tuberculosis campaign, the sanatorium occupies a place of
-secondary importance. We could fight quite as successfully without
-it—possibly better, since the money devoted to the upkeep of these very
-costly institutions could then be diverted to more radical purposes.
-However, the sanatorium exists, and every patient should be given his
-individual opportunity. It is usually more difficult to get a patient
-into a sanatorium than into a hospital. The former is for early or
-moderately advanced cases, who have a reasonable chance of improvement,
-therefore it would seem a simple matter to induce them to go. Yet to
-persuade a patient that he needs such treatment, especially when he
-feels well and has few symptoms, is often a difficult task. The peculiar
-psychology of the consumptive, his optimism and refusal to believe that
-he has tuberculosis, is as well marked in the early as in the later
-stages of the disease. On the other hand, the difficulty is often of an
-economic nature. When the patient stops work, his income ceases, and
-this often determines his refusal. This is why many patients work until
-they drop in harness. Through the Charity Organization, or other similar
-agencies, it is possible to solicit aid for a certain number of these
-cases, and this must always be done. Such relief, however, is very
-uncertain, and latent periods of considerable duration often intervene
-between the time it is asked for and such time as it may be given. Even
-when given, it very seldom approximates the wages that the patient
-himself has been able to earn. Thus, a patient earns twenty dollars a
-week; with luck, we may obtain for his family an income of eight or ten.
-This is no reflection upon the Charity Organization Society, which has
-probably pulled every conceivable wire in order to raise even that
-amount—but it explains why the patient refuses the sanatorium and hangs
-on to his job until he can work no longer.
-
-In many cases on the other hand, there is no question of poverty to
-contend with—neither the wage-earner’s reluctance to stop work, nor the
-mother’s unwillingness to leave a houseful of little children. Instead,
-we must contend with ignorance, prejudice, and mental inertia—a moral
-alley quite as dark as that of the slum. One of the most discouraging
-features of this work is having to stand by and see the patient throw
-away his chances. Tuberculosis waits for no one, and it requires not
-only physical, but mental and moral strength to resist it. Before we can
-remake and reconstruct a supine individual, the disease wins out in the
-race.
-
-There is one consolation, however; hopeful cases are usually far less
-dangerous than advanced ones. The refusal of sanatorium treatment is a
-loss to the individual only. Furthermore, we have this grim solace—when
-they finally consent to go, after weeks and months of delay, they do so,
-too late to help themselves, it is true, but at a time when they are
-most dangerous to other people.
-
-=Sanatorium Outfit.= When a patient enters a sanatorium, the nurse must
-see that he is supplied with clothing heavy and warm enough for outdoor
-living. If he has money, he should be instructed what to buy. If he has
-none, these things must then be procured through some charitable
-association. No patient should be permitted to enter a sanatorium unless
-properly equipped, and frequently his decision against going is due to
-lack of such equipment.
-
-In winter, he naturally requires much more than in summer. Roughly
-speaking, his wardrobe should contain at least two changes of flannel
-underclothing, a sweater, overcoat, woollen cap, woollen gloves,
-overshoes, flannel night clothing, a dressing-gown, toilet articles, and
-a hot-water bottle. Some institutions have a printed list of the
-articles required, which is sent to the patient when his application is
-accepted. A steamer rug is usually necessary, a cheap substitute for
-which may be found in the large horse-blanket, sold in saddlery shops.
-
-=Return from the Sanatorium.= When a patient returns from a sojourn in
-an institution, he may or may not be better, but he has certainly
-received a liberal education in what to do, and how to take care of
-himself. Often, however, he is totally unable to apply this knowledge,
-or to adapt his home environment to his needs. So carefully is the
-institutional life planned, and so smoothly does he fit into it, that he
-has no conception of the time and thought that have gone into this
-planning. When he comes home, he knows theoretically what to do, but in
-comparison with the institution his home surroundings seem so poor and
-so inadequate, that he becomes hopelessly bewildered and confused. It is
-at this point that the nurse has her great opportunity. She teaches him
-to apply what he has learned, and how he may approximate sanatorium
-conditions and routine. She goes to work much as she does upon her first
-visit to the home, but this time she is working in a soil already
-ploughed. The patient himself may be almost as helpless, but he will
-follow suggestions, and co-operate with an intelligent enthusiasm gained
-through his sanatorium education.
-
-=Work for the Arrested Case.= When a patient returns from the sanatorium
-able to work, the question of employment is a serious one. Our
-experience has been that of Dr. Lyman:[8] as a rule, unless it is an
-exceedingly injurious employment, it is better to let him return to his
-former occupation than to seek a new one. He understands his old work,
-and for this reason it will be easier for him than one to which he is
-unaccustomed. The difficulty of finding suitable employment for arrested
-cases, and the number of relapses that occur in consequence, serve once
-more to emphasize the value of prevention rather than cure.
-
-Footnote 8:
-
- Dr. David R. Lyman, Wallingford, Connecticut.
-
-There is one point which must always be brought out. It is not so much
-what the patient does with his working hours, as what he does with his
-leisure hours, which determines his ability to hold his own. An arrested
-case may work eight or ten hours a day, in office, factory, or shop, and
-still remain well, provided he spends the remaining hours of the
-twenty-four in a proper manner. The ex-sanatorium case, rejoicing in his
-apparently restored health and in his regained liberty, feels that he
-can resume life on exactly the same terms as before. This he can never
-do. He has tuberculosis, and he always will have tuberculosis, although
-it may be latent at the moment. The fact that it is quiescent does not
-mean that it will not light up again at the slightest indiscretion. He
-must bear this fact constantly in mind and order his life accordingly.
-If he expects to work and remain well, he cannot burn the candle at both
-ends, even in the mildest manner. He must forego late hours, moving
-picture shows, poolrooms, saloons, dance halls—everything, no matter how
-harmless in itself, which places an extra strain upon his vitality. At
-the end of the day’s work he should rest quietly, preferably in the
-open-air. Eight or ten hours’ sleep at night is a necessity. The most
-critical time in a patient’s career is that which follows his return
-from a sanatorium, and it is at this particular moment that the nurse’s
-supervision and encouragement are so greatly needed.
-
-=Light Work.= Many patients return from the sanatorium, unable to work
-at their former occupation, yet sufficiently strong to do “light work,”
-if such a thing can be found. In my experience, suitable “light work”
-for these cases has yet to be discovered. We all know of patients who
-have been given easy positions as night watchmen, elevator-men,
-corridor-men, office work, gardening, and so forth, and who have done
-well at such employment. The number of such positions, however, is so
-small and so out of proportion to the number of those who seek such
-occupation that it forms no adequate answer to the question; what light
-work can we find for the arrested case? Our present industrial system,
-which produces the class of people from which the consumptive is so
-largely recruited, also fails to provide proper employment for him after
-his so-called recovery. The pressure of this system makes it
-sufficiently difficult for an able-bodied man or woman to find work that
-pays, or even any work at all, but to find such work for the handicapped
-is almost impossible. Light work means light pay, and light pay means an
-insufficiency of food, clothing, and shelter, all three of which are
-needed for the maintenance of health. In these days when the physically
-fit cannot always earn a living wage, what chance has the poor
-consumptive?
-
-=Outdoor Work.= Another favourite fallacy is the advantage of outdoor
-work for the returned patient. The sole value of outdoor work lies in
-the opportunity to breathe fresh air, but this benefit may be more than
-offset by the strain of long hours, exposure to heat, cold, and rain,
-the lifting of heavy weights, and so forth. All these objections apply
-to farm-work, driving delivery or freight waggons, the occupation of
-motorman, conductor, and so forth. Now and then, patients undertake work
-of this character and do well at it, but we cannot but believe that this
-is in spite, of, rather than because of, their occupation.
-
-In summing up the nurse’s value to these discharged cases, we find her
-able to give immense assistance at a most crucial period in the
-patient’s life. By this help and advice, she can often prevent his
-relapse, or at least delay it for a long time. Her supervision provides
-incentive and encouragement, and her careful watchfulness, both of the
-patient and his household, is of value in detecting further danger
-signals. If, as too often happens, he is eventually swept under by
-currents too strong for him, she is still on the spot, tried counsellor
-and friend, to make safer and easier the downward path.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-
- Hospitals for Advanced Cases—The Careful Consumptive—Chief Duty of the
- Nurse—Responsibility of the Institution—Home Care of the Advanced
- Case—Exceptions to Institutional Care—Compulsory Segregation.
-
-
-=Hospitals for the Advanced Case.= The crux of the tuberculosis problem
-lies in the segregation of the advanced case. Until the distributor is
-removed from his family, and separated from the intimate circle
-surrounding him, we can make but little progress in the fight against
-this disease. No community can protect itself from the ravages of
-tuberculosis until it provides a place to which these advanced cases may
-be sent. Not only do we need large special hospitals for these patients,
-but we need special wards for consumptives in connection with every
-general hospital which receives either city or State appropriations.
-These special wards would be of even greater benefit to the community
-than large special hospitals situated in the environs of a city, since
-it would be easier to persuade a patient to enter an institution just
-“round the corner” than to go to one far distant from his home. A dying
-man dreads being separated from his family, and his family is equally
-reluctant to part from him; furthermore, if a hospital is remote from
-the city, his family can afford neither time nor carfare for frequent
-visits. These facts play an important part in influencing a patient’s
-decision, and due consideration should be accorded them.
-
-It would probably cost less to build and maintain special wards in
-connection with hospitals already existing than to erect and support an
-entirely new institution. The greatest objection to special wards is
-that the coughing of the consumptives is disturbing to the other
-patients, but if the ward is sufficiently isolated (a separate building,
-if the hospital is planned on the cottage system) this objection would
-not apply. Furthermore, these wards would offer good teaching centres,
-where both doctors and nurses could learn more about pulmonary
-tuberculosis than the average hospital teaches to-day.
-
-In attempting to secure ground for the erection of a tuberculosis
-hospital, there is usually great opposition from laymen. They are not
-only afraid of tuberculosis, but they fear the depreciation of property
-which may arise in the vicinity of such an institution. Considerable
-education is required to calm them to a realization that the consumptive
-sheltered and cared for is less dangerous than the consumptive at large
-and unrecognized. When it comes to a special ward in connection with a
-city hospital, we may again encounter great opposition, really from the
-same reason, though the objections expressed are expense of such a ward,
-the lack of nursing facilities, that the room is needed for acute
-diseases, and so on. All of which is a grave commentary, from the people
-who best understand it, upon the infectious nature of this disease. Yet
-the medical profession tells us with apparent sincerity that “the
-careful consumptive is not a menace.” If this be true, where can he be
-more careful and less of a menace than in a place specially provided for
-him?
-
-The truth of the matter is, there is not, nor can there be, a _careful
-enough_ consumptive. The very nature of the disease precludes such a
-possibility, however much we educate him, or however earnestly he
-himself may try to co-operate to that end. And for the vast majority of
-patients, from whom we can obtain but little or only spasmodic
-co-operation, there is even less to be said. There is one simple method
-of determining whether or not a patient is careful—it consists in asking
-the question: Under these circumstances, would I, myself, feel safe?
-Would I be satisfied as to the safety of my nearest and dearest friend?
-
-At the beginning of the year 1912, the nurses of the Tuberculosis
-Division of Baltimore had on their visiting lists about 2800 patients.
-Of these 2020 were positively diagnosed, and had been under supervision
-for over three months. Undiagnosed cases, and positive ones who had been
-under supervision less than three months were excluded. These 2020 cases
-were then classified according to their willingness or ability to follow
-instructions, the groups being: Fairly Careful, Careless, and Grossly
-Careless. We purposely omitted a “Careful” class, since adequate
-carefulness would imply a condition in which there was absolutely no
-danger, a condition hardly possible with this disease. In Fairly Careful
-we included all those patients who really tried to follow advice, doing
-so to the best of their ability. Careless included those who tried
-intermittently, or who were badly hampered by circumstances. Grossly
-Careless speaks for itself.
-
-The results of this analysis are here given:
-
- Patients visited over three months 194
-
- Fairly Careful 98, or 50.5%
- Careless 75, or 38.65%
- Grossly Careless 21, or 10.82%
-
- Patients visited over six months 346
-
- Fairly Careful 171, or 49.43%
- Careless 151, or 43.64%
- Grossly Careless 24, or 6.84%
-
- Patients visited over one year 623
-
- Fairly Careful 300, or 48.15%
- Careless 267, or 42.85%
- Grossly Careless 56, or 8.98%
-
- Patients visited over two years 857
-
- Fairly Careful 443, or 51.69%
- Careless 339, or 39.55%
- Grossly Careless 75, or 8.75%
-
- Total Number of Patients 2020
-
- Fairly Careful 1012, or
- 50.09%
- Careless 832, or 41.13%
- Grossly Careless 176, or 8%
-
-It will be noticed that these percentages vary but slightly, or to a
-negligible extent. Roughly speaking, about half the patients try to be
-careful, and half do not try, or do not succeed if they attempt it.
-Furthermore, it will be noticed that the time element has little to do
-with making a patient careful. The natural supposition would be that a
-patient visited for one or two years would show a marked increase of
-carefulness over those who had been under supervision but a few months.
-Yet there is virtually no difference between them, 50.5% of the
-three-months class being careful, as against 51.69% of the two-years
-class. These figures, we believe, show conclusively that long-continued
-teaching does not necessarily lead to satisfactory results. They also
-show that the patient left in his own home, even under constant
-supervision, is unable to achieve a degree of technique which means
-positive protection to those around him. There is but one conclusion to
-be drawn from these facts—not that the nurse is useless, but that the
-patient at large is dangerous. It proves the necessity for hospital
-care.
-
-The hospital for a patient to die in appeals less to public sympathy
-than as a place in which he may get well. But it is better economy. Care
-of the open case, during his last and most infectious stages, is care
-which strikes at the very root of the evil. Until this fact is realized
-and full provision made for these cases, it will be a waste of time and
-money to spend them on superficial or half-way measures. If our goal is
-the elimination of tuberculosis, we should concentrate our efforts upon
-radical and fundamental methods.
-
-At present, however, we can conceive of no community sufficiently
-advanced or far-seeing to make adequate provision for these last-stage
-cases. Therefore, the patients who make up the difference between the
-number of those needing hospital care, and those receiving hospital
-care, must be cared for in their homes by the nurse. Never for a moment
-should home supervision be considered a satisfactory substitute for
-hospital accommodation. The nurse’s efforts, no matter how thorough and
-conscientious, can never entirely remove the danger. Her care often
-lessens it to a marked degree, but never absolutely eliminates it. It is
-at best a makeshift, a stopgap—better than nothing, often much better
-than nothing, but never for a moment the proper alternative to removing
-the patient from his home. No one knows better than the nurse herself
-the inadequacy, the futility, of even the closest supervision.
-
-=Chief Duty of the Nurse.= For this reason, the chief, the absolutely
-most important duty of the nurse is to induce the infectious patient to
-go from his home into an institution. To accomplish this end, she must
-bring every effort to bear upon the patient and his family, and appeal
-to them from every conceivable angle. This is her one great duty—the
-paramount reason for her existence.
-
-To accomplish this, is as difficult as it is important. A patient does
-not willingly give up his home, however poor and humble it may be, while
-his family often cling to him with an obstinacy open to no argument. As
-a rule, the difficulty of removing him is in inverse ratio to his
-intelligence, and to the danger to those surrounding him.
-
-=Responsibility of the Institution.= In overcoming this prejudice, a
-great deal depends upon the character of the institution itself. It is
-not enough to establish hospitals:—they must be attractive and
-comfortable to such a degree that they become highly desirable to
-prospective patients. They must be well run, well managed, the food must
-be good, and the patients well treated. To obtain segregation, we must
-have hospitals which offer great advantages over the home.
-
-=Home Care of the Advanced Case.= If there are no hospital facilities,
-it then becomes the nurse’s duty to give nursing care to the bed-ridden
-patient. This is also done when the hospital accommodations are limited,
-and the patient must wait to be admitted. During this waiting period,
-which may extend over weeks, he should be visited every day (or at least
-as often as the work will permit), and given such care as he requires,
-including bed-baths, care of the back, and so forth. The nurse must also
-teach some older, responsible member of the family how to care for him
-in the intervals between her visits. Sometimes, when a vacancy finally
-occurs, the patient may be contented with home treatment and refuse to
-enter the institution, or his family may refuse to let him go. The nurse
-must do her utmost to persuade them. She must explain that in the
-hospital he will receive constant, not intermittent care, and that her
-work will only permit her to render nursing service to those who cannot
-otherwise be provided for. Should he still refuse, she must continue her
-visits of supervision, but must stop all nursing care. No premium
-whatever should be placed on his remaining at home. This may seem like a
-harsh and unfeeling policy, but it is the only course to pursue when we
-take into consideration the fact that the institution is the proper
-place for an infectious disease. If a patient has become accustomed to a
-daily bath and other attentions, he will miss them; when he misses them
-badly enough, he will consent to go where they may be had. This plan
-does not mean that the nurse neglects the patient,—if he suffers, it is
-through choice. An excellent alternative has been offered, and his
-refusal to accept it should not entitle him to continue infecting his
-family, assisted by the nurse to do it in comfort.
-
-=Exceptions to Institutional Care.= A few exceptions may be made in
-advising institutional care. For example, if a family is in good
-circumstances, with excellent home conditions, and the patient is
-surrounded with every care and attention, it would hardly be necessary
-to counsel his removal. On the contrary, with our present lack of
-hospital facilities, to urge such a patient to leave his home might mean
-taking a hospital bed from another who needed it infinitely more. Again,
-if a tuberculous child is being cared for by his mother, or some one
-equally unlikely to contract the disease, it might not be worth while to
-remove him. An exception might also be made in the case of a childless
-couple, advanced in years. The nurse must use her judgment and
-common-sense in such cases, where the chances of infection are slight,
-or non-existent. On the other hand, if there is ample hospital
-accommodation, and cases like the above ask for admission, they should
-always be taken in.
-
-The cases in which separation is imperative are those in which there is
-great exposure, inability to control the home surroundings, extreme
-poverty and neglect, or undue and prolonged strain upon other members of
-the household.
-
-=Compulsory Segregation.= Not until our hospital facilities are so large
-that we can accept every case which applies for admission, can we
-consider forcing people to enter these institutions against their will.
-It is illogical to consider compulsory segregation, while we cannot
-accommodate all those who voluntarily ask for it. The patient who
-refuses to go to an institution is probably no more dangerous than he
-who clamours in vain for a bed. The docile, well intentioned, kindly
-consumptive is doubtless as much a menace as the selfish, vicious,
-avowedly careless one; in fact, the former may be more harmful, since
-his kindly nature surrounds him with friends, whereas the latter forces
-people to avoid him.
-
-As for the tramp, the homeless man who wanders from pillar to post,
-sleeping in saloons and lodging-houses, he is far less of a menace than
-people suppose. He comes into but casual relationship with his fellows,
-and no one is in prolonged and intimate contact with him, as is the case
-of the man in the home, the centre of the family circle. Until we can
-accommodate the latter, we must let the former do as seems best to him.
-If ten anxious people are clamouring for every hospital bed at our
-disposal, why force it upon the reluctant one who refuses? When we can
-handle the problem of voluntary segregation, it will be time to consider
-compulsory measures.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-
- The Problem of Giving Relief—The Giver of Relief—Co-operation between
- Agent and Nurse—General Rules for Nurses and Agents—Conditions of
- Asking for Relief—Wrong Conditions of Relief-Giving—Incidental
- Assistance—Withdrawal of Relief—Supplying Milk and Eggs.
-
-
-=The Problem of Relief-Giving.= Giving financial assistance or relief to
-patients on or below the poverty line is a question which sooner or
-later confronts the nurse who undertakes social work. Long hours,
-overwork, and low wages produce a class of people who offer little or no
-resistance to disease, and when tuberculosis once gets a foothold
-amongst them, it is passed on from one devitalized individual to
-another. This is why it is necessary to remove a disease-distributor
-from among a group of highly susceptible individuals. For example: let
-us take a family consisting of father, mother, and four children. The
-father contracts tuberculosis and stops work—his income also stops. Even
-at best, it was a pitifully inadequate income, and in consequence the
-entire family is undernourished, anæmic, and generally run down. With
-the income gone, their resistance is still further lowered, and their
-chances of infection are correspondingly increased. The result is a
-patient surrounded by a group of people able to offer but slight
-opposition to this insidious disease. The environment, bad as it was
-originally, grows worse. The family moves into smaller, fewer, cheaper
-rooms, and food, heat, clothing are all reduced to a minimum. This
-increasing poverty means diminished vitality, and heightened
-susceptibility to the threatening danger. In attempting to relieve this
-situation we are dealing not with a simple, but with a twofold
-problem—poverty, plus an infectious disease.
-
-Because of its complex nature, the question of giving assistance is a
-difficult and delicate matter. In our efforts to relieve distress and
-want, we must be careful to do nothing which will result in spreading
-tuberculosis. The paramount consideration is the prevention of
-infection, and for this reason, relief should be made conditional upon
-the removal or reduction of the danger. If we keep this idea firmly
-before us, the problem will be much simplified.
-
-In Baltimore, from one third to one half of the families under
-supervision are on or below the poverty line. This means that they are
-registered on the books of some charitable association, and are, or at
-times have been, dependent upon these organizations for food, rent,
-fuel, clothing, or other assistance. In other words, the gap between the
-income and the cost of living has needed to be bridged over by outside
-aid. In a new community when the nurse’s first patients are the “poor
-people” of the locality, she will find that nearly a hundred per cent.
-of her cases are on the poverty line. This was our experience in
-Baltimore, when the work was first organized, but now that it is well
-established the percentage is much reduced. The nurses are now working
-in homes where economic conditions are not acute, hence the number of
-those receiving or rather of those needing relief (the terms are not
-always synonymous) is less than a few years ago. Still, distressing
-poverty is found in from one half to one third of the families, which
-means that the problem of fighting tuberculosis is gravely complicated.
-
-=The Relief-Giver.= When people need financial assistance, the question
-arises, by whom shall it be given? a point which provokes much
-discussion. Many people think that the nurse should give this relief,
-because of her intimate knowledge of the home conditions of the families
-under her charge—a knowledge far more extensive than that gained in any
-other way. Some think if she is socially trained, _i.e._, supplements
-her hospital training by a course in a school of philanthropy, that she
-can combine the duties of both nurse and charity organization agent, and
-become in this way a most effective social worker. By this combination,
-the family will be spared the infliction of two visitors, nurse and
-agent, a desirable result, since the advice given by these two workers
-is often flatly contradictory. Other people think that instead of having
-a nurse, it would be better to have a graduate from a school of
-philanthropy, with a training supplemented by a six months’ hospital
-course. The superficial nature of this course is sufficient commentary
-on its value. Moreover, more than one half of the patients with
-tuberculosis do not come within the reach of a relief-giving agency.
-
-These two people, nurse and agent, are both specialists in their own
-lines, and they are equally needed. They have had a different training
-and are equally valuable in the field of social service. Even if it were
-possible, we should not like to see these two offices combined in one
-person—somewhere there would be a loss. It is difficult enough to get a
-first-class tuberculosis nurse, and it is equally difficult to find a
-first-class charity organization agent. How much more difficult to find
-these combined in one person. There is full warrant for saying that
-under no circumstances whatever should the nurse become a relief-giver,
-or even remotely identified as such. In the foregoing pages we have
-learned something of the extent and responsibility of her work, and if
-she concentrates her attention upon bringing it to the highest degree of
-efficiency, she will find time for nothing else. Moreover, if she
-becomes known as one able to give material assistance, her value as a
-public health nurse will decline. That she can give or withhold relief
-will become known to her patients, who will follow or reject advice
-according to what they receive from her. Her prestige as impartial,
-disinterested adviser will at once diminish, and the force and authority
-of her opinion be lost. Never, even by the gift of a five-cent piece,
-should she jeopardize her unique position. The well-to-do patients will
-scorn her services, and resent the implication of her visits, while the
-others will follow advice when they are bribed, so to speak, and do as
-they like when for any reason this bribe is withdrawn. And other
-patients will be disobedient or resentful if they cannot obtain what
-their neighbours have, or what they believe themselves entitled to.
-
-=Co-operation not Interference.= To concentrate on one’s specialty is
-all we should ask of anyone. Any social agency which scatters instead of
-concentrates, produces superficial work, which is open to well-deserved
-criticism. As well expect a nurse to become a kindergarten teacher,
-because she sees the need for kindergartens, or to become a playground
-teacher or settlement worker, as to take upon herself the rôle of
-charity-organization agent. _And the reverse of this is true._ We should
-not expect a relief-giver to undertake a nurse’s duties. It is not the
-combination of various effective qualities in one person, but the
-co-operation of various effective persons or specialists, which counts
-in social service. Furthermore, each set of workers should recognize its
-own limitations. The line of demarcation should be sharply drawn between
-the work of one agency and that of another.
-
-One sometimes encounters an intense zeal which causes one social worker
-to try to do her own, and everyone else’s work as well; or even worse
-than this, to neglect her own work in order to do that of another
-person. All social workers should learn where to stop—where to transfer
-the case to someone else better fitted to deal with another phase of it.
-We sometimes hesitate to call in other agencies, because they do not
-recognize their boundaries. Co-operation should be substituted for
-rivalry and interference; when this is brought about, petty bickerings
-and jealousies among the social agencies will cease.
-
-To become an effective co-operator, instead of a critical interferer,
-the public health nurse must familiarize herself with all the agencies
-in the wide field of social service. She should try to understand the
-object and method of their work, and to know where her own work
-interlocks with theirs. In a way, they are all interdependent, one upon
-the other, and have the same object in view—to relieve distress and
-raise the sum total of human happiness. Whether their work is effective
-or superficial is not our concern. The nurse should understand what each
-of them has to offer, and by picking here and there among them, secure
-valuable assistance for the families under her charge. She can thus
-reinforce her own efforts, and supplement her own work in behalf of
-their well-being and security.
-
-Since nurses come in almost daily contact with the Charity Organization
-Societies it should be part of their duties to attend the local district
-meetings of these associations, for during the discussions which take
-place, the nurses are able to give most helpful information concerning
-their own cases, while in regard to other cases, not complicated by a
-communicable disease, they learn much as to the methods and theory of
-relief-giving. For this reason, these district meetings are useful to
-both nurse and agent alike; the interchange of opinion enlarges the
-outlook of both workers, and each gains an insight into the difficulties
-of the other’s work. This interest and understanding promotes good
-feeling, tolerance, and personal friendliness—the basis of successful
-team work.
-
-=General Rules for Nurses and Agents.= In a small community in which
-there is but one nurse and no Charity Organization Society or its
-equivalent, it is well to form a Relief Committee, to whom the nurse may
-refer such of her cases as need assistance. In cities where
-relief-giving organizations are already established, a few general rules
-should govern the relation between nurse and agent; the observance of
-these will prevent much trouble and misunderstanding. Under no
-circumstances should the nurse give material assistance—neither money,
-food, clothing, nor anything of the sort. When these things are needed,
-the agent should be asked for them, and no case is so acute but that it
-may wait until this consultation takes place. In a city where there is
-no emergency or night bureau, it may be necessary to make an occasional
-exception to this rule, in which case the nurse may tide the patient
-over till the following morning, when the agent may be conferred with.
-Such instances will be so rare, however, that they are merely noted as
-exceptions to the general rule—under no consideration whatever should
-the nurse give any material relief.
-
-It sometimes happens that the nurse has been given a small sum to buy
-food, clothing, or special articles for some of her patients. This fund
-was perhaps intended for a specified case, or to be used at discretion.
-It is wiser to give this money to the agent, with the request that it be
-spent (if circumstances warrant) as the nurse suggests. This course may
-involve additional trouble, a little extra work for both nurse and
-agent, but it is necessary to be extremely punctilious in order to avoid
-serious misunderstandings.
-
-When a nurse has been in the work a long time, and is dealing with
-agents whom she knows and understands, a feeling of mutual trust and
-dependence will arise. Under such circumstances, both may take far more
-leeway than should be granted a new worker—but unfortunately this happy
-and comfortable state is not always reached. The safest plan is that
-each should follow her own line with utmost precision, being rigidly
-careful not to overstep the boundaries between her own and another’s
-duties.
-
-For example: a benevolent individual may give the nurse an overcoat, to
-be used for any patient who needs it. The nurse knows a patient who is
-expecting to enter a sanatorium in a few days. Her first inclination
-would be to give him the coat and say nothing. Apparently it concerns no
-one but herself and her patient. In adherence to the rules laid down,
-however, she must first consult the agent before giving away the coat.
-This consultation may reveal the fact that the family (new to the nurse)
-is well known to the Federated Charities, and that but a short time ago
-this patient was given an overcoat which he sold for drink. At this
-time, be it said, he was not known to be tuberculous. Of course, this
-constitutes no argument against giving him another chance, inasmuch as
-he depends upon it to enter the sanatorium, but it gives the nurse a
-side light on her patient’s character. She should make sure that he will
-not play fast and loose again; also upon entering the sanatorium the
-physician must be informed that the man is addicted to alcohol—a
-tendency to be considered in his treatment.
-
-Tuberculosis, like poverty, is a chronic condition, and the delay
-required for wholesome co-operation will seldom prove fatal.
-
-The agents, likewise, should be governed by one very simple rule, which
-will obviate all misunderstandings and ill feeling. This rule should
-be—no advice, suggestions, or interference in regard to medical
-attention, nursing, or treatment. All this lies strictly within the
-nurse’s province and should be left absolutely to her. For example: if
-an agent enters a house and finds a consumptive, she should make no
-suggestions as to changing doctors, going to this or that dispensary, or
-to such and such an institution. If the case is already known to the
-nurse, the agent may consult her, and find out what plans and
-arrangements have been made and then aid in bringing them about. If the
-case is unknown to the nurse, the agent should report it at once,
-leaving the nurse to take all necessary steps as to diagnosis and
-treatment. Grave results often follow the abuse of this one simple rule.
-For example: an agent enters a patient’s home, and finds him in charge
-of a certain doctor. Without knowing anything of the circumstances, she
-may advise him to change doctors, go to a dispensary, or even to a
-sanatorium. She does not know that the patient is in charge of a
-physician with a large private practice, and that this is the first time
-he has called upon the tuberculosis nurse. His co-operation and help in
-the tuberculosis campaign depends upon the way this first case is
-handled. His indignation at finding the nurse has played him false (for
-it is apt to be the nurse who is credited with these objectionable
-things) may be so great that months of explanation cannot wipe it out.
-As we have said before, tuberculosis is like poverty—a chronic
-complaint—and the delay needed for co-operation will not prove fatal.
-
-If nurses and agents will follow strictly this one simple rule—the
-former to give no material assistance, the latter to offer no advice
-concerning the patient’s treatment—the chief cause of friction between
-these two sets of workers will be eliminated.
-
-=Conditions under which Relief is Asked.= The nurse who visits a family
-every week or two is in a position to know when they have come to the
-end of their resources and need relief. When this point is reached, she
-should report the case to the agent of the Federated Charities. She must
-always bear in mind that her chief work is the prevention of
-tuberculosis; it is not necessarily the prolongation of human life,
-although the two are sometimes coincident. Relief should be asked for if
-it brings about the prevention of tuberculosis, but under no
-circumstances if it means increased opportunities for scattering the
-disease. Under the latter conditions, assistance should be withheld or
-withdrawn as the case may be.
-
-For example: we have a family consisting of father, mother, and several
-children. The income ceased when the father, the wage-earner, became too
-ill to work. The family is in great need of fuel, rent, and groceries.
-The giving of this assistance should be made conditional upon the
-removal of the danger—that is, upon the patient’s going to an
-institution where he will be better cared for than in the home. By
-insisting upon this removal, the Federated Charities can play an
-important part in the suppression of tuberculosis.
-
-Suppose there are no hospital facilities, and it is necessary to keep
-the patient at home. In this case, the most susceptible members of the
-household, namely, the children, should be removed. To place out
-children is a difficult matter, since it is hard to get the parents’
-consent; this can be done, however, with time.
-
-If this turns out to be impossible, relief may be given on condition
-that the strictest precautions are observed. This assistance may be
-given as long as both patient and family follow rigidly all directions
-given by the nurse; failure to do so should be a signal for the
-withdrawal of all aid. To assist the patient who has no choice but to
-remain at home, means to give relief under the least favourable
-conditions, but it must answer when there are no hospital facilities.
-When such facilities exist, no alternative should be permitted. When a
-family reaches the point where outside interference—social
-interference—is needed, we think it not unreasonable that this
-assistance should be given upon terms which tend to promote, rather than
-diminish the welfare of its members.
-
-=Wrong Conditions of Relief-Giving.= Relief is sometimes given in a way
-that makes it defeat preventive work, and tends to create new sources of
-infection. For example: we recall a case in which the father of a family
-was in the last stages of consumption. His wife took in washing, and was
-general drudge for the patient and five small children. This man refused
-to go to a hospital, and also refused to use his sputum cup, or take any
-other precautions. Most of his time was spent in bed, and beside him in
-the bed were his two small children, whose presence gave him pleasure.
-Neither doctor, nurse, nor agent could bring about a better state of
-things, yet the family was desperately poor and in great need of help.
-In consequence, assistance was given upon the patient’s own terms of
-being allowed to carry out his right to infect his family. Groceries
-were given in large amounts, and the patient himself was supplied with
-abundant milk and eggs, which kept him alive for weeks beyond the point
-where his own manner of living would have ended the matter. Soon after
-his death, one of the children died of tubercular meningitis, while his
-wife developed a pulmonary lesion. All the family are now public
-charges.
-
-We recall another case: The family consisted of the patient, his wife,
-and eight children. The patient was grossly careless, declining to
-observe the slightest precautions, and flatly refused to enter a
-hospital. After his death, his wife and five of the eight children were
-found to have tuberculosis. During the last six months of his life, a
-certain agency had poured in unceasing relief, thereby subsidizing a
-centre of infection.
-
-Still a third case is that of a widow, with two small children. She
-would not part from these children, and refused to go to a hospital, or
-to let them go to the country. A separate bed was provided, so that for
-part of the time at least the children might be away from her, but she
-declined to let them occupy it. She kept them in bed with her. Neither
-would she use a sputum cup nor follow advice in any way. All this time,
-some benevolent old ladies kept her well supplied with groceries, milk,
-eggs, coal, rent, and so forth, by means of which assistance she was
-able to drag out a moribund existence for eight or ten months. Pitiful
-as this case was, the utter selfishness and immorality of this sort of
-“mother love” is something which should repel rather than attract the
-sympathies of thinking people.
-
-These are perhaps extreme instances, yet in a lesser degree this is what
-usually happens unless relief is made conditional upon removal of the
-danger. Charitable associations should be careful not to act as
-accessories in the spread of tuberculosis, and should not prolong
-conditions under which this is practically inevitable. If centres of
-infection are thus perpetuated, through sources over which the
-associations in question have no control, nurse and agent, at least,
-should not countenance such “benevolence.”
-
-=Incidental Assistance.= There are many occasions when the nurse should
-ask for relief, and when this should be freely and generously given.
-When a patient enters an institution, it may be necessary to pension his
-family during his absence; assurance of their welfare will enable him to
-leave with an easy mind. Unless such provision is made, we are
-threatened with the alternative of seeing him sit at home, unable to
-work, but engaged in the minor though highly dangerous occupation of
-caring for the children while his wife goes out to service.
-
-Relief may also be of a temporary nature. While a patient waits for
-admission to a hospital he may be too sick to remain alone at home. This
-may mean that his wife, the breadwinner, is forced to give up work in
-order to care for him. Assistance should be given during this waiting
-period, after which time the wife will return to her employment and the
-family affairs readjust themselves.
-
-Again, we may have a family in which the patient himself is the only one
-who needs help, the income sufficing for all ordinary demands, but not
-for the extraordinary demands of illness. While awaiting admission to an
-institution, it may be necessary to give him extra food, extra clothing
-or bed clothing, an overcoat, railway fare, or something of like nature,
-either to make him comfortable, or to facilitate his removal when the
-time comes. The patient must not be allowed to suffer during this
-enforced wait, but this assistance must not be interpreted as
-encouragement to remain at home.
-
-In the foregoing instances, relief has been conditional upon removal. We
-must sometimes give assistance under other circumstances. If there are
-no hospital facilities, or if he will not avail himself of them, we are
-doing good preventive work if we give the patient an extra bed, since
-this may result in his partial separation from the children or other
-members of the household. Extra clothing may also be given under like
-conditions. On the other hand, if we gave milk and eggs to the patient,
-we should be supplying food which would maintain indefinitely a centre
-of infection. (Good preventive work may be accomplished by ample feeding
-of the other members of the household, thus increasing their resistance.
-In this case we should be sure that this food is taken by the children,
-or by those for whom it was intended, since otherwise it would be
-wasted.) Let us put the matter very frankly: it is wrong to prolong a
-patient’s life, unless at the same time we can make him harmless to
-those about him. If the two are coincident, well and good. If not, then
-the shorter the exposure, the better for all those who must submit to
-it. We repeat what was said at the beginning of the chapter: the patient
-on the poverty line is surrounded by a group of individuals whose
-vitality is at a very low ebb. Our first duty is to protect these
-individuals.
-
-=Withdrawal of Relief.= When relief is given with the understanding that
-certain conditions be complied with, it should be withdrawn if this
-compact be violated. The nurse is in a position to know of any breach of
-faith, and should notify the agent accordingly. The objection is
-sometimes raised that assistance given in this way is a bribe, or a
-threat, or a means of coercion, and is therefore wrong. This rather
-overstates the case. Let us say, rather, that under these circumstances
-we have in our hands a powerful lever, by which mountains of ignorance
-and prejudice may be removed. By the use of this lever, we can work
-quickly and well for the best interests of the family and the community.
-We constantly see families who are not on the poverty line, and over
-whom we have no control, yet who are equally obstinate, ignorant, and
-dangerous, and regret infinitely that we have no such lever as in the
-case of patients who are below the poverty line.
-
-When asking for relief, the nurse must be sure that her patients will
-take advantage of it, and that she is not sending the agent on
-wild-goose chases. Patients have sometimes been supplied with cots,
-window-tents, reclining chairs, and other similar and expensive
-articles, which they subsequently declined to use. An indifferent,
-careless patient, unwilling to co-operate in any way, is not one for
-whom to demand such an outlay.
-
-=Milk and Eggs.= Ten years ago, milk and eggs for consumptives was an
-integral part of the tuberculosis campaign. In those early days, they
-were considered as necessary as was fresh air itself. They were
-prescribed as a matter of routine, and if the patient could not afford
-to buy them, they were at once supplied by some charitable association.
-We have come a long way since then.
-
-Attention has already been called to the fact that, in the past few
-years, medical opinion has undergone a great change as to the value of
-milk and eggs. This rich and highly concentrated food is considered far
-less advantageous than was at first supposed. By reason of their fat
-content (especially the case with eggs), they tend to cause indigestion,
-always a serious complication in pulmonary tuberculosis. For this
-reason, the old idea of living on enormous quantities of milk and eggs
-has been largely abandoned. Some sanatoriums do not give them at
-all—other food is substituted, equally nourishing but less apt to upset
-the stomach. Yet the idea that they are necessary for consumptives dies
-hard.
-
-In Baltimore, there is now no question of providing them. During the
-past year, nearly five thousand consumptives passed under the
-supervision of the Tuberculosis Division; we asked that milk and eggs be
-given to only thirty-eight of this number. Of these thirty-eight cases,
-thirteen were advanced, waiting admission to a hospital; two were early
-cases, waiting admission to a sanatorium; nine were suspects, and extra
-nourishment was needed in order to facilitate diagnosis; and fourteen
-were chronic cases, to whom this diet was given as a valuable tonic.
-
-Quite apart from their value, the real reason that we have ceased to
-give milk and eggs is because of our policy of removing the patient to
-an institution. The furnishing of this diet, or of anything else which
-tends to keep him at home, is something we do not endorse. We do not
-wish to place any premium upon the home, or to offer any inducements to
-remain in it. If our patient wants milk and eggs, we can send him where
-they may be had.
-
-If there is no hospital for the tuberculous patient in a community which
-is able to furnish one, the maintenance of the patient by charity as a
-centre of infection, makes little difference, one way or the other. In
-this case, the absence of a hospital means that the community is merely
-sentimentalizing and pottering over the tuberculosis problem.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII
-
- Home Occupations of Consumptives—Sewing and Sweatshop Work—Food—Milk
- and Cream—Lunch Rooms and Eating-Houses—Laundry Work—Boarding- and
- Lodging-Houses—Miscellaneous Occupations—Summary—The Consumptive
- Outside the Home—Cooks—Personal Contact in the Factory—Supervision
- Outside the Home.
-
-
-=Home Occupations of Consumptives.= Up to this point we have considered
-the patient solely in relation to his own family, or to those with whom
-he comes in immediate, constant contact. The people surrounding him are
-in their turn infected, transmitting the disease to others who in like
-manner are intimately exposed. Roughly speaking, all of this infection
-takes place within the four walls of the home. The home, therefore, is
-the centre of infection,—the focus from which tuberculosis radiates into
-the community. The further one is removed from this focus, the less the
-danger.
-
-There are certain ways, however, in which danger from the home threatens
-people who live outside, people in no wise connected with the patient,
-and unaware of his existence. This occurs when the patient leaves his
-home to seek employment in the community, or when he makes or handles
-certain articles which go forth into the community as carriers of
-bacilli. Infections of this sort may be termed accidental. They are
-infrequent as compared to house infections, but infrequent as they are,
-they should be prevented.
-
-In Baltimore, nearly fifty per cent. of the patients under supervision
-are able to work. They seek a livelihood in office, factory, shop,
-hotel, and private home. We also find that nineteen per cent. of the
-families under supervision carry on some sort of gainful occupation
-within the confines of their own homes. As a rule, the patients who
-conduct these little home industries or occupations are more advanced
-cases than those able to find employment in shops and factories. In some
-instances, this home industry was carried on before the patient became
-ill; in others, by far the greater number, it is the direct result of an
-illness which has modified his earning power and compelled him to eke
-out a scanty income by this means. In many cases the actual work is not
-done by the patient himself but by some other member of the household.
-Sometimes these industries are not dangerous to other people, or the
-risk is so slight as to be negligible. At other times, the menace is
-grave. Each case must be considered upon its individual merits—one must
-not generalize and condemn in wholesale fashion.
-
-=Sewing and Sweatshop Work.= A number of our patients are dressmakers,
-or do factory sewing at home. Much has been written about the danger of
-clothing made under such conditions, either by the patient himself or by
-other members of his family. This output is not as dangerous as many
-people suppose, although such an admission would deprive the campaign of
-much picturesque photography. Much of this clothing is of washable
-material, such as cotton shirts, blouses, overalls, and the like,
-therefore any germs they might carry would be removed in the first
-washing. The danger has also been exaggerated in the case of woollen
-materials, such as coats, trousers, etc. Any organisms contained in
-these articles would soon die, or their virulence become so attenuated
-that little harm would result. This also applies to artificial flowers.
-It is not the occasional dose of bacilli, conveyed in this or any other
-manner, but the large and repeated implantations which do the damage.
-
-Infected clothing doubtless plays considerable part in the spread of the
-acute contagious diseases, such as measles, diphtheria, and scarlet
-fever, but in tuberculosis the risk is so slight that it may almost be
-called non-existent. Under such conditions, the danger is not to the
-wearers, or probable buyers, but to workers who make this clothing while
-in contact with the consumptive himself.
-
-=Food.= There are other home occupations about whose danger to the
-public there can be little doubt. Many patients keep small grocery
-stores, confectionery shops, and lunch rooms, and prepare and handle
-foodstuffs of all kinds. Again we must discriminate. The consumptive who
-sells tinned foods (which he does not handle), or meat, fish, or
-vegetables which are cooked before they are eaten, is not necessarily
-spreading disease among his customers. On the other hand, he who sells
-and handles milk, cream, ice-cream, bread, cake, candy, and so forth, is
-a decided danger to all who buy his wares. The alimentary tract is one
-of the main portals of entry for the tubercle bacilli, and every
-precaution must be taken to prevent the contamination of food. The
-patrons of these little shops are the people of the neighbourhood, who
-are regular customers, and their health is endangered not by occasional
-but by repeated doses of germ-laden food.
-
-=Milk and Cream.= There is an ordinance in Baltimore forbidding the sale
-of milk and cream in a house where there is an infectious disease; this
-includes tuberculosis. In order to sell milk, it is first necessary to
-obtain a permit from the Health Department, but this permit may be
-revoked whenever occasion demands. If the nurse finds that one of her
-patients is selling milk (as is often done in connection with a small
-grocery business), she reports this fact to the Health Department. It
-may be that the patient himself never comes near the shop, and is out at
-work or away all day. This sometimes happens, but not often. Usually he
-waits upon the customers himself, selling milk in penny amounts, with a
-dirty finger inside the measuring cup. Or he may be too ill to attend
-the shop, but sits or lies in an adjoining room, so that his wife may
-wait upon him and upon the customers alternately. Under such conditions,
-the danger may be almost as great as if he himself handled the milk,
-since she does not take time for proper cleanliness.
-
-To revoke a permit usually occasions considerable hardship, and the
-reduction of an already pitiful income. Yet summary measures must be
-taken unless the milk is sold without risk to the purchasers. The
-patient should be removed to a hospital, and the family must choose
-between letting him go and giving up the permit. When there are no
-hospital facilities and the permit must be withdrawn, leaving the family
-under financial stress, the nurse should ask assistance of the Federated
-Charities. This assistance, however, should never be offered as an
-alternative to removing the patient to a hospital.
-
-There are other foods besides milk and cream liable to contamination,
-the sale of which is not controlled in any way. Thus as we have seen,
-while a consumptive may be prohibited from selling milk, he may sell
-ice-cream without let or hindrance. And furthermore, an ice-cream cone
-or “snow-ball,” handled by dirty, germ-laden fingers, is most often sold
-to the most susceptible of all customers—the child.
-
-=Lunch Rooms and Eating-Houses.= Many patients earn their living by
-keeping eating-houses, oyster-parlours, ice-cream saloons, and so forth.
-There is danger to the customer whenever the cooking and serving of food
-are done by a consumptive, or by those in contact with a consumptive. A
-community to be well protected should enact comprehensive legislation
-controlling every aspect of the food supply, and special emphasis should
-be laid upon the handling of food by those with a transmissible disease.
-
-=Laundry Work.= Another home occupation is laundry work—unskilled labour
-requiring no capital and largely resorted to, especially among negroes.
-This is heavy work, hence not always done by the patient, but often by
-some other member of the household. Whether the patient irons the clean
-clothes or sits coughing in the same room where this is done (we have
-often seen newly ironed clothes spread upon the bed of a last-stage
-case), the result is much the same. Under such circumstances clothes
-become contaminated. Since this sort of laundry work is usually done for
-regular customers, they week after week wear clothing that has come from
-an infected house. It is dangerous to sleep constantly on pillow cases
-that have been coughed on by a consumptive, and to use towels and
-napkins that have been subjected to a like infection.
-
-Since there are no laws to govern conditions of this sort, the question
-arises, what is the nurse to do in such a case? Must she look on and say
-nothing, or must she warn those for whom this laundry work is being
-done? It would be futile to argue with the patient’s family—they would
-refuse to recognize the danger to others, seeing instead the financial
-loss from giving up the work. The nurse must first try to remove the
-patient to a hospital, thus doing away entirely with the danger. Failing
-in this (through lack of hospital facilities), the family may be willing
-to give up the work on condition that an income be substituted by some
-charitable agency. Simple as the latter course may seem, so many
-obstacles to procuring this aid will arise, that it offers no practical
-solution of the matter. If the home surroundings cannot be altered and
-the danger reduced, then the patrons or customers should be told of the
-conditions under which their laundry work is done. It is not always
-possible, however, to locate these customers, since the patient is very
-wary of giving information upon this subject. Whenever possible,
-nevertheless, they should be told; if they prefer to continue the risk,
-they are at least not in ignorance of it.
-
-It is deeply regrettable that exposure to infection by tuberculosis is
-still an optional matter, and that the necessary curtailment of
-individual liberty has not yet been made in regard to all opportunities
-for it. In the case of impure milk, for instance, the law at least makes
-an effort to curb the preference which any individual may entertain for
-it.
-
-=Boarding and Lodging Houses.= There are other home occupations in which
-the menace is of a personal nature, and does not come through
-contaminated articles. Many patients take in boarders—an occupation
-which frequently entails considerable overcrowding of the home. This
-brings healthy individuals directly within the danger zone, and subjects
-them to the same risks incurred by the family itself. Other patients
-take in lodgers; here the risk is less, because meals are not included.
-In either case, there is great personal exposure, with equally great
-opportunities of infection.
-
-=Summary.= To sum up: Among 3107 patients under supervision, we find
-608, or 19 per cent., carrying on some sort of gainful industry within
-the confines of their own homes. The resultant danger is of two kinds:
-from personal contact with the patient, and the remoter possibility of
-infection through articles which he makes or handles. The most serious
-risk is that incurred in boarding- and lodging-houses, where the inmates
-are subjected to a high degree of personal exposure. In other
-occupations there may be some personal risk, but it is slight and
-transitory, and therefore insignificant. In considering contaminated
-articles, we find there also two classes: those dangerous to a high
-degree, and those but slightly so, if indeed they may be called
-dangerous at all. Among the former, the most harmful are the
-contaminated foodstuffs, in which the risk is almost as great as through
-personal contact. Next comes laundry work, where the risk is in the
-repetition of infection, as in the use of household linen. Then comes
-the output of clothing, cotton and woollen, where also the risk is
-slight. In the case of other articles handled by the consumptive the
-risk involved is so insignificant as not to be worth mentioning.
-
-The following table shows the nature of these various Home Occupations,
-ranged in order of their risk to the community:
-
- Personal: Boarders 104
- Lodgers 18 122
- ———
-
- Food: Bakeries 4
- Confectioneries 4
- Cook shops 6
- Groceries 73
- Oyster-parlours 1
- Saloons 13 101
- ———
-
- Clothing: Laundry work 222
-
- Sewing 109
- Millinery 1
- Tailor shop 4 114
- ———
- Miscellaneous: Barbers 8
- Basket-maker 1
- Cigar store 2
- Cleaning and Dyeing 1
- Drygoods 10
- Second-hand shop 1
- Shoemaker 21
- Umbrella-mender 1
- Wall-paper shop 1 46
- ———
-
- Total, 605
-
-=The Consumptive Outside the Home.= We must now consider the patient who
-is employed outside the home. As we have said before, nearly fifty per
-cent. of our patients are able to work. The danger to the public is of
-two kinds, that arising through personal contact, and through certain
-articles which the consumptive may make or handle. In the latter case,
-just as we find it among the home occupations, the risk to the community
-depends upon the articles themselves. Whatever affects food, is far more
-dangerous than the contamination of articles not taken into the
-alimentary tract.
-
-To prevent the possibility of food infection, we should enact and
-enforce laws forbidding the employment of consumptives in any factory,
-shop, or establishment of any kind in which food is either prepared or
-sold. This would include candy factories, bakeries, cake, biscuit, and
-cracker factories, canning and preserving establishments, as well as
-dairies, restaurants, lunch rooms, sodawater stands, candy shops, and
-the like. We must never forget that the home is the chief centre of
-danger, the place responsible for the vast majority of infections, and
-that every infection which occurs outside the home is accidental, so to
-speak. Yet accidental infections, while relatively few in number, are
-still plentiful enough to make it necessary to safeguard the community
-in every way. An effective tuberculosis campaign demands the stoppage of
-all leaks.
-
-For example: on our visiting list was a girl employed in a biscuit
-factory, packing cakes. She was an advanced case, and every now and then
-had a hemorrhage which compelled her to stop work, though sometimes only
-for a few hours. Between hemorrhages, she worked steadily. The cakes
-packed under these conditions doubtless carried a full quota of germs.
-We tried to induce her to go to a hospital, but she declined. The
-manager was appealed to but he wanted to keep her—she was a quick
-worker; besides, he did not have to eat the cakes—so he refused to add
-his influence to ours to get the patient to an institution. The public
-should be protected by law from the possibility of such infection.
-
-The saving phase of the situation is this: while the patient who keeps a
-bakeshop and sells his wares day after day to practically the same
-customers, fulfils the condition that repeated implantations are
-necessary to contract the disease; on the other hand, the cakes
-distributed by a factory cover a wider range of territory—thus, while
-many more people get doses of germs, the doses themselves are probably
-too small to be harmful. This also may be said for other kinds of
-foodstuffs, handled in factories by tuberculous persons; these articles
-are distributed so widely that no individual consumer is really
-endangered. In this way, the risk is minimized. But still we must
-remember that every factory in the country has its tuberculous
-employees, with their output of bacilli to be reckoned with. The
-consumer is thus threatened on every side. No wise community should
-tolerate such chances of infection.
-
-=Cooks.= There is considerably more danger from the tuberculous cook
-employed in a private family. Under such conditions the household is
-steadily infected day by day, not through personal contact, but by
-small, repeated doses of bacilli received into the alimentary tract.
-
-If typhoid fever permitted a patient to work—if it were a chronic
-instead of an acute disease—we should consider it a highly dangerous
-expedient to permit such a patient to handle food in any way, and we
-should be exceedingly wary of restaurants which employed typhoids as
-cooks or waiters. This argument applies with equal force to
-tuberculosis. In typhoid, there is but one portal of entry—the digestive
-tract. In tuberculosis there are two—the respiratory as well as the
-alimentary—and they are equally important.
-
-=Personal Contact in the Factory.= While the patient in the factory is a
-menace, he is less dangerous than the patient in his home. A man well
-enough to work is seldom in the most advanced and infectious stages of
-tuberculosis. Moreover, his fellow-workers, unlike the members of his
-household, are not in constant but rather in casual and intermittent
-contact with him. These two conditions tend to diminish the risk to his
-associates; still, it always exists. The consumptive does not seek
-employment from a malicious desire to spread tuberculosis—he seeks it
-because of economic conditions compelling him to work until he falls in
-harness. We must recognize this driving necessity, but at the same time
-we must protect the workers who perforce surround him. They too are
-impelled by the same need, and their rights equal his.
-
-When a patient is visited at home, he and his family are often
-stimulated to a high degree of carefulness. The patient uses a sputum
-cup for his own convenience, and the family insist upon this for their
-own interest and safety. The result is a lessening of danger, and an
-improvement upon a neglected and uninstructed case. In the factory,
-these conditions are reversed. His cup is no longer a convenience, and
-he dreads being conspicuous through its use. Moreover, since his illness
-is unknown to his fellow-workers, there is no one to insist upon
-precautions of any kind. The result is that we maintain in the factory
-conditions which we seek to abolish in the home. We give one set of
-people information whereby to protect themselves, and we withhold this
-information from another group of people who need it almost as much,
-which is illogical and stupid and costly. Enormous sacrifices have been
-made to this policy of silence, and it is time for these sacrifices to
-cease.
-
-Those in contact with a consumptive, whether this contact takes place in
-the home or in the factory, are entitled to know the nature of his
-disease. It is not the degree of consanguinity, but the degree of
-contact which should determine this knowledge. We cannot trust the
-patient to protect others—it is a trust too often violated. We must
-surround him in the shop with a public opinion even more potent than
-that which he finds at home. His fellow-workers will be less tolerant of
-breaches of technique, will make less excuse for whims and temper, than
-does the tired family. We knew of one patient who insisted on spitting
-on the floor—at home; when his wife remonstrated, he knocked her down.
-In the shop, such conduct would cost him his place, and rightly.
-
-=Supervision Outside the Home.= Whenever the infectious case is at large
-in the community, his whereabouts should be known to those most exposed
-to the danger. This applies alike to employer and employee. The head of
-the department in which the consumptive is at work should see that those
-in contact with him know of his condition. The patient should be
-compelled to use his sputum cup when he expectorates. Knowledge of the
-patient’s condition does not necessarily mean that he should be
-dismissed—it should merely mean that he will be held up to the required
-standard of carefulness. For example: the Baltimore Health Department
-received a letter from a certain firm in the city, stating that many
-cases of tuberculosis had developed among the employees on a certain
-floor in their factory—and on this one floor alone. This led them to
-suspect that a consumptive might be among these workers, distributing
-the disease. A list of all the employees was submitted. Investigation
-promptly showed that on this particular floor was a chronic case of
-tuberculosis of long standing, a man who had been under supervision at
-home for several years. In his home, this patient was exceedingly clean
-and punctilious in the use of the sputum cup; at his work, however, he
-was absolutely the reverse. On receipt of this information, the employer
-had a sound talk with this man, which resulted in the use of the sputum
-cup and all other precautions. The patient did not lose his place, but
-he was no longer permitted to jeopardize the health of his
-fellow-workers.
-
-Patients with chronic tuberculosis are also found in domestic service,
-and go in and out of private homes, carrying infection with them. This
-danger is especially great in the South, where there is a large negro
-population, and we constantly find consumptives employed as cooks,
-housemaids, nursemaids, and butlers, as the case may be. For the most
-part, the employers are entirely ignorant as to their condition. In
-these cases, just as in the factory, office, department store, and so
-forth, the employer should be notified of the presence of tuberculosis.
-
-To give this information should be the duty of the Health Department.
-The municipal nurses are aware of the facts, and they also know when a
-patient changes his occupation, or place of employment. But to give this
-information without following it up, would not be enough. To notify an
-employer of the presence of a tuberculous worker, would not necessarily
-mean that any action resulted. A poor workman might be summarily
-dismissed, and a good one retained, without those in his vicinity being
-enlightened as to the nature of his disease. To make this information of
-value, it would be necessary to supervise the patient in the factory,
-just as he is supervised in the home. This double supervision would
-demand a greatly increased staff of nurses, since factory visiting
-should not be done through curtailment of the nurse’s other duties. We
-must once more emphasize the fact that the home is the fountainhead of
-tuberculosis, and that every infection which occurs outside the home
-circle (or its equivalent) is practically an accidental infection. But,
-as we have already said, a comprehensive plan for checking tuberculosis
-must include the stoppage of all leaks, and the unknown, unsupervised
-consumptive, at large in the community, is a leak which should be
-recognized by common-sense.
-
-Yet certain conditions must be complied with before we can extend this
-municipal supervision. Outside-the-home supervision will create an
-enormous amount of phthisiphobia. Consumptives are now tolerated because
-their presence is either unknown or but dimly guessed at; when this
-ignorance is dispelled—as it must be if the nurse visits them at their
-places of employment, and their presence and numbers are made known, a
-great wave of fear will spread over the community. Such a result is
-inevitable when for the first time the public realizes, suddenly and
-concretely, the extent to which it is threatened. Tuberculous workers
-will be discharged by hundreds, and there will be widespread suffering
-in consequence.
-
-On the other hand, however, thousands of non-tuberculous workers will be
-relieved of a great danger. Our factories already produce workers so
-worn out and devitalized as to fall ready victims to any disease that
-presents itself. Would not these same factories be somewhat less
-dangerous if swept clear of consumptive employees?[9]
-
-Footnote 9:
-
- However bad certain factory conditions may be, these of themselves
- cannot produce tuberculosis any more than they can produce scarlet
- fever or diphtheria. The disease itself must be brought into the
- factory by a carrier—someone who is himself infected.
-
-Outside-the-home supervision is the next logical step in the
-anti-tuberculosis campaign. But valuable as this would be, from the
-point of view of the general health, it cannot be done until the
-community is prepared to care for all who would undoubtedly suffer as a
-result. Some patients, of course, would not lose their situations, but
-the majority would be turned adrift without a moment’s hesitation. These
-the community must take charge of. Therefore, before we can supervise
-tuberculosis beyond the boundaries of the home, we must have ample
-hospital facilities. Hospital accommodation must be so extensive, so
-complete, and so excellent that institutional care can be given to all
-who need it.
-
-In this way, the community will be relieved automatically of a vast
-amount of danger. Patients will either seek institutional care, or, if
-they continue at work, will do so under conditions which do not
-jeopardize other people. For the reaction from the first intense
-phthisiphobia will be a demand for carefulness on the part of the
-consumptive, and sane toleration of him.
-
-The one objection to this policy of supervision and publicity is the
-seeming interference with the personal liberty of the individual, but to
-curtail the liberty of the patient to transmit a communicable disease,
-is to increase the liberty of hundreds to escape it. There should be no
-question as to which has the superior claim.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX
-
- Municipal Control—The Danger of “Political” Control—“Politics” in the
- Co-operating Divisions—Results in Baltimore—Tuberculosis and
- Poverty.
-
-
-=Municipal Control.= Tuberculosis is a communicable disease in which the
-patient himself must be relied upon to protect the community. We depend
-upon him for whatever protection he chooses to give, and whether this is
-much or little is determined by his circumstances, temperament, and
-environment. Whenever his ability or good-will breaks down, we are at
-his mercy. We may try to overcome his ignorance by education; to
-substitute ethical for unethical standards, and in a more or less
-unsatisfactory way to reconstruct his immediate surroundings. But the
-success of these efforts depends, in the last analysis, upon the patient
-himself. The public is exposed to a communicable disease, the control of
-which lies with the transmitter.
-
-For this reason, a disease which may be contracted by a neighbour
-becomes as much his affair as it is that of the patient or possessor.
-Should the interests of the two conflict, it is obvious that we must
-have some impartial arbiter to decide between them. At such a point—the
-right of one person to transmit, of another to acquire an infectious
-disease—the matter becomes one of public as well as private concern. The
-arbiter between these two interests should be the Health Department of a
-community, and the control of all infectious diseases should be placed
-completely under the municipality.
-
-In the first chapters of this book, we considered the special nurse as
-supported by a group of private individuals, in connection with some
-privately maintained association. Social experiments frequently begin in
-this way; when their value is proved, it should be the aim of the
-promoters to transfer this special work to the department of the
-municipality in which it belongs. Upon looking over the various
-municipal departments, we realize that much of what is now freely
-recognized to be municipal work, was originally carried on through
-private enterprise and initiative. This is the case with school nursing,
-playground work, juvenile court and probation work; which in many cities
-has passed through the stage of private enterprise and become firmly
-incorporated into the city machinery. In all public health nursing, the
-aim of the founders should be, first to prove its worth to the
-community, and then make the community (municipality) assume full charge
-of it as soon as possible. It is particularly necessary to transfer
-tuberculosis work from private to municipal control.
-
-=The Danger of “Political” Control.= The question of doing this,
-however, is often a matter of great concern to the founders. They are
-usually deeply interested in the work, and have maintained it upon a
-basis of efficiency, in spite of many obstacles. They fear, and often
-rightly, that to transfer it to the municipality will be to transfer it
-from the basis of efficiency in its own line, to the basis of politics,
-and they dread that sinister condition known as “political control.” And
-yet the administration of public affairs is not necessarily “political”
-in the bad sense of the term. On the contrary, municipal control may,
-and in many cities does mean, that work is conducted with the force,
-authority, and financial backing of a great department, such as the
-Health Department. Under such conditions, it can attain a far greater
-degree of efficiency than could ever have been reached through private
-administration. Under municipal control, it is possible to have a large
-staff of nurses and pay them good salaries—which latter always means a
-wide choice of applicants. It is also possible to establish many and
-well equipped dispensaries, in charge of salaried, qualified physicians.
-Money will be forthcoming for all necessary expenses connected with the
-development and extension of the work—in short, the financial handicap
-will be removed, and the work can go forward with increased facilities,
-enlarged opportunities, and heightened dignity and authority.
-
-On the other hand, if the administration of the Health Department is “in
-politics,” the reverse of this will take place. Unfortunately, in many
-American cities, the business of “politics” is the business of providing
-people with jobs at the taxpayers’ expense, regardless of the fitness of
-the applicant. Many of our cities are managed in this way. Moreover, in
-the same city, this corruptness may affect certain departments only,
-some being negligently and dishonestly conducted, others cleanly and
-efficiently. Or we may find both conditions existing in a single
-department, some of whose branches or divisions may be well conducted
-and on a high level, while other divisions may be grossly mismanaged and
-worthless. If a Health Department is hampered by politics, either as a
-whole or in certain mismanaged branches or divisions, it is useless to
-expect results. Placed under such a handicap, tuberculosis work would
-fail. Not only would the taxpayers’ money be wasted, but the community
-would suffer through a false sense of security, gained through its faith
-in, or rather its ignorance concerning, a badly conducted department. To
-trifle with the health of a community is a criminal act, and a Health
-Department which is “in politics” is the most immoral of all corrupt
-city departments.
-
-Evil results of a Health Department being “in politics” may be of
-several sorts. For example: the Superintendent of Nurses may be an
-inexperienced, incapable woman, appointed by a ward politician to clear
-off political debts. A ward politician is hardly one whose judgment—in
-nursing matters at least—should be relied upon.
-
-On the other hand, the Superintendent herself may be capable and
-efficient, but she may not be permitted to select the members of her
-staff. Instead of being able to choose them herself, according to their
-fitness and ability, she must accept any unqualified woman whom the ward
-boss may appoint. A staff of incompetent nurses, appointed without
-regard to character or education, is not a force from which to expect
-results. Moreover, nurses chosen in this manner feel that they are
-“protected” and can do as they like, subject to neither restraint nor
-discipline. This means that their work cannot be controlled, corrected,
-or directed in any way. Dismissal can be made only for the most flagrant
-offences—not for any such trifle as incompetence, laziness, or
-stupidity. When the Superintendent’s hands are thus tied—when she cannot
-select her nurses, cannot control them, and cannot dismiss the worthless
-as well as the unscrupulous, the result is a low grade of work. No able
-and self-respecting woman could hold the position of superintendent
-under such circumstances, thereby making herself responsible for work
-which she cannot control.
-
-The acceptance of registered nurses only, and the requirement of Civil
-Service Examination in addition, would do much to raise the level of
-efficiency. These requirements, however, valuable as they are, would by
-no means ensure the suitability of the applicant, or guarantee the
-selection of nurses best adapted to public health work. Over and above
-this, the Superintendent should have free choice in selecting her
-workers, not only from the point of view of education, but also that of
-personal worth.
-
-=“Politics” in the Co-operating Divisions.= Sometimes the Tuberculosis
-Division itself may not be on a political basis, but the various other
-divisions of the Health Department may be conducted in such a manner as
-to nullify much of the nurses’ work. For example: much depends upon the
-co-operation of the Fumigation Division. If the men employed to fumigate
-houses do their work badly or improperly—if they are too lazy to stop
-chinks and crevices, thus permitting the disinfectant to leak out; if
-too ignorant to properly measure the rooms, and unable to calculate the
-necessary amount of formaldehyde, this work will be valueless. Worse
-still if they are the kind that can be “bought off” and so shirk work
-entirely.
-
-Or the trouble may be with the Sterilization Division, where the duty of
-the employees is to carry mattresses, etc., from the patient’s home to
-the city sterilizer. When there is no law compelling this sterilization,
-and it is an optional matter with the householder, if done, its doing is
-altogether the result of the nurse’s teaching and advice. If the waggon
-drivers are lazy and do not wish to carry the heavy mattresses, they can
-shirk work by means of false excuses often difficult to detect. For
-example: they can report that when a certain mattress was called for,
-the family had changed their minds about having it sterilized and
-refused to have it done. Upon investigation, we find that this refusal
-was at the instigation of the waggon driver himself—he had assured the
-family that sterilization was an unnecessary and stupid proceeding. To
-ignorant minds, one Health Department employee is as good as another,
-and when the advice is conflicting, they choose that which best pleases
-them.
-
-Again, the fumigators or drivers may report that they cannot get into a
-certain house; the key could not be found; there was no one to admit
-them, or give them the articles to be removed. In innumerable ways they
-may compel the nurse to return again and again to the same house, to
-make arrangements which they try to frustrate by every conceivable
-device.
-
-If, therefore, the employees of the various co-operating divisions are
-mere jobholders—if they are neither honest nor intelligent, nor
-interested in anything but pay-day—it is a heartbreaking task for the
-honest and efficient division to work with them. All of these activities
-interlock, and must work together to gain a common goal. If all are
-operated at their highest level, working in close and intelligent
-accord, then indeed we may expect results. But if the reverse is the
-case—if the co-operating divisions are a drag and a hindrance—then the
-task is overwhelming. The weak are corrupted and the strong discouraged.
-
-Those responsible for placing tuberculosis work under the city’s
-administration—where it rightfully and logically belongs—should continue
-their interest still further. It is not enough to transfer it from
-pioneer, private control, and then drop the responsibility.
-
-If a Health Department is clear of politics, and all its divisions work
-together harmoniously, magnificent results may be obtained. Power,
-prestige, and efficiency is a combination which results in forceful
-work.
-
-=Results in Baltimore.= Results have been achieved in Baltimore by
-reason of a well-managed Health Department, acting in close co-operation
-with the institutions of both city and state. The tuberculosis machinery
-consists of a staff of seventeen special nurses; three special
-dispensaries with a physician in charge; a laboratory for sputum
-examinations; a fumigation corps and a steam sterilizer. With this
-force, we work in connection with three other tuberculosis dispensaries,
-and six institutions for the care of early and advanced cases. Some of
-these institutions are maintained by state appropriations, others by
-both public and private funds. The co-operation between these
-institutions and the Health Department is absolute; if the control was
-all through one, instead of a dozen different centres, it could not be
-more complete or harmonious. Failure in any one direction is felt down
-the line, consequently each is stimulated to its best effort. Thus, the
-nurse knows that if she fails to persuade her patient to enter the
-hospital, the hospital is useless, or that if the bad food of the
-hospital drives the patient back again to his home, the nurse’s work
-goes for nothing. Each reacts upon the other, and as all are working for
-the same end, there is constant incentive to become a strong, rather
-than a weak link in the chain. The results obtained cannot be measured
-in terms of individuals—we cannot point to so many patients improved, so
-many working, and so forth. Individual welfare is too shifting and too
-questionable a standard by which to judge. The only absolute standard is
-that afforded by the death-rate. A declining death-rate means also a
-decreasing morbidity—fewer people die of tuberculosis and fewer are
-infected. While our tuberculosis death-rate is still enormously high, it
-is nevertheless falling year by year. Thus we see:
-
- Deaths
- from
- Pulmonary
- Tuberculosis:
-
- 1909 1400
- 1910 1234
- 1911 1165
- 1912 1189
- 1913 1129
-
-There is nothing spectacular about this. It is heartbreakingly
-slow—needlessly, uselessly slow work. Yet it is progressing in the right
-direction.
-
-=Tuberculosis and Poverty.= Throughout the foregoing pages we have
-considered the direct method of dealing with tuberculosis—the removal or
-segregation of the distributor. But there is also an indirect method of
-dealing with tuberculosis, namely the abolishment of poverty.
-Tuberculosis recruits full fifty per cent. of its ranks from people of a
-certain social level—the very poor. This class is composed of people
-habitually overworked, underpaid, and subject to all the deteriorating
-influences of unsanitary and vicious environment, and to the ignorance
-and degradation which follow in the wake of extreme distress. The root
-cause of these conditions is our present unjust economic system, which
-produces an excess of luxury and frivolity on the one hand, and on the
-other an army of people who must forego the barest necessities of life.
-One class is maintained at the expense of the other. Every movement
-which seeks to abolish this injustice, and to substitute a fairer and
-more equable system, is a movement which at the same time tends to raise
-the standard of public health. Any legislation, social or revolutionary,
-which makes for the improvement of industrial conditions, raises the
-level of public health through raising the welfare (_i.e._, resistance)
-of the individual. Therefore, sweeping readjustment of social and
-economic conditions would automatically eliminate an enormous amount of
-disease, by reducing the number of highly susceptible individuals. To
-increase the number of people with high resistance—or to decrease the
-number of people with low resistance, whichever way one chooses to put
-it—would probably diminish the amount of tuberculosis by about one half.
-
-This indirect method—the readjustment of social conditions and the
-abolishment of poverty—valuable as it would be, would still leave the
-problem unsolved. Even diminished by one half, the amount of
-tuberculosis would still be formidable, and we should have to attack it
-as vigorously as ever, if not to the same extent. The disease would
-still exist, just as it now exists in well-to-do families in small
-towns, in rural districts, and in other circumstances attributable to
-neither poverty nor bad industrial conditions.
-
-A thousand years ago, industrial conditions were as distressing as those
-which exist to-day—yet in those days the poor staggered under the
-additional burden of leprosy. A hundred and fifty years ago poverty was
-complicated by smallpox, the scourge of Europe. The rigid segregation of
-lepers in the Middle Ages relieved the situation of leprosy, while the
-discovery of vaccine has practically eliminated smallpox. The submerged
-classes, while their economic condition remained unchanged, were at
-least relieved of the added weight of these two great diseases. So in
-our present fight against tuberculosis. An aggressive campaign against
-this disease will not necessarily improve industrial conditions, but
-those who suffer most from these conditions will be relieved of one more
-handicap.
-
-In our present warfare against tuberculosis we are not impelled by the
-blind fear that made society in the Middle Ages demand segregation, and
-refuse to tolerate an infectious disease at large in the community. Nor
-has any vaccine or similar agent been discovered by which the disease
-may be wiped out. Instead, we must depend upon a campaign of
-education—wholesale, widespread education, conducted amongst all classes
-of society. We know the path to be travelled, and the machinery by which
-we may gain our ends. If at any time we become impatient with our slow
-rate of progress, we can accelerate our speed by the extension and
-multiplication of the three fundamental agencies in the
-anti-tuberculosis campaign—the Hospital, the Dispensary, and the Public
-Health Nurse.
-
-
-
-
- INDEX
-
-
- A
-
- Advanced cases, 46–47, 119, 145, 223, 224–227;
- see _Patients_ and _Segregation_
-
- Air, fresh, 145–147
-
- Alcohol, 151
-
- Ambulatory cases, 33, 34, 38, 79–80;
- see _Patients_
-
- Anti-tuberculosis campaign, 1–3;
- fundamental agencies in, 286
-
- Anti-tuberculosis Society, 5–6
-
- Arrested cases, 2;
- nursing as work for, 13–14;
- see _Patients_
-
-
- B
-
- Bacilli, tubercle, articles infected by, 253;
- distribution of, 169, 262–266;
- presence or absence in sputum, 107–108, 111;
- tenacity of, 170
-
- Badges, 31
-
- Bag, nurse’s, 41;
- supplies carried in, 42–46, 108
-
- Baltimore, branch offices for tuberculosis nurses, 39;
- co-operation of nurses with institutions, 202, 204–205, 281–282;
- dispensaries, 92, 151, 186–187, 192, 198–199, 201–202;
- examination of nurses, 12;
- forms used for charts, etc., 50–59;
- Health Department, 42, 157, 170–171, 174, 176, 183–192, 204, 206,
- 250, 256, 267–268, 279–282;
- milk and eggs for patients, 250;
- nurse’s bag, 41;
- nurses’ districts, 39 _note_;
- occupations of patients, 253, 261–263;
- ordinance in regard to selling milk, 255–256;
- organization of tuberculosis work, 200–202;
- poverty, 231–232;
- registration of cases, 112;
- salary of tuberculosis nurse, 21;
- sick-leave, 28;
- supplies for patient, 42;
- Tuberculosis Division, 171, 183, 201–202, 250;
- uniforms, 30–31;
- vacations, 28;
- Visiting Nurse Association, 8, 39, 42, 65, 201, 202
-
- Bed, for advanced cases, 145;
- placing of, 144
-
- Bed clothing, 144
-
- Bedding, disinfection of, 175, 176
-
- Bedroom, patient’s, 137–140
-
- Board of examiners for nurses, 11
-
- Board of Health of Maryland, 42;
- furnishes formaldehyde, 173
-
- Books of instruction, 44
-
-
- C
-
- Cabot, Doctor, quoted, 70
-
- Calls, night, 16;
- sources from which received, 121
-
- Calmette test, 111
-
- Card index, 53–54
-
- “Careful consumptive,” the, 220–223
-
- Carpets, infected, 178–179
-
- Cases, tuberculosis, see _Advanced_, _Ambulatory_, _Arrested_, and
- _Discharged cases_; and _Patients_
-
- Cases, undiagnosed, 63, 99–101
-
- Charity Organization Society (or Federated Charities), 39, 66, 98, 108,
- 109, 176, 210, 236–237, 239, 241, 242, 245;
- rules for agents of, 237–241
-
- Charts, patients’, 49–54, 58–60
-
- Children, care of tuberculous, 163;
- diagnosing, 161–162;
- infection of, 95, 111, 151–152, 159–164;
- open-air schools for, 163–165;
- sending to school, 162–163;
- pre-tuberculous, 163
-
- Classes, tuberculin, 196–197
-
- Cleaning should be compulsory, 182–183;
- see _Disinfection_
-
- Clothing for tuberculous patients, 142–143, 211–212
-
- Cooking, supervision of, and instruction in, by nurse, 149–151
-
- Cooks, infection from, see under _Infection_
-
- Co-operation, between institutions and nurse, 203, 205–208;
- of newspapers in tuberculosis work, 5;
- of organizations for social work and nurse, 35–36, 143, 156–157,
- 176–177, 182, 210;
- wrong methods of, 33–34;
- see also _Charity Organization Society_ and _Social Workers_
-
- Country, the, for tuberculous patients, 165–168
-
- Cullen, Doctor Victor F., quoted, 108
-
- Cure of tuberculosis, 4, 125–127, 208–209
-
-
- D
-
- Daily reports, 55–57
-
- Day sheet, 57
-
- Death of patient, 49, 119, 120;
- reporting, 53, 171
-
- Diagnoses, erroneous, 92–97, 101;
- lack of, 63;
- “lay,” 68–69, 100;
- necessity for formal, 115–116;
- obtaining, 105–107, 184–185;
- from sputum, 107–109;
- value of recording, 114–115;
- volunteered by physicians, 106
-
- Diet of patients, 147–150, 249–251
-
- Discharged cases, 204–205, 207, 209;
- see also _Arrested cases_
-
- Disinfectants, 43–44, 133, 173 _note_
-
- Disinfection, by boiling, 131–132, 177, 178;
- by burning, 175, 178, 179, 183;
- by cleaning, 138, 172;
- by fumigation, 170–173, 176, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183;
- by painting and papering, 179;
- by steam sterilization, 175–177;
- effects of, on materials, 176 _note_
-
- Dispensaries, general, 107;
- tuberculosis, consideration for patients at, 189–190;
- equipment of, 186–188;
- establishment of, 105, 185;
- hours, 188–189, 196;
- importance of, 286;
- necessity for, 105, 184–185;
- nurses’ work in, 194–195, 197–199;
- obtaining patients from, 67–68;
- physicians’ work in, 191–194;
- reports made to, by nurse, 202;
- taking patients to, 159;
- see also _Baltimore_, _Diagnosis_, _Nurse_
-
- Districts, 35–36, 39 _note_
-
- Duplication of work, 33–34
-
-
- E
-
- Education unsuccessful as preventive measure, 2–3
-
- Examination of patients, nurses, etc., see _Diagnosis_, _Dispensary_,
- _Families_, _Health Department_, _Nurse_, _Patients_, _Physician_,
- _Sputum_
-
- Expenses of nurse, 24–26
-
- Eye test, 111
-
-
- F
-
- Factories, spreading of tuberculosis in, 266–267, 271 _note_;
- supervision of patients in, 267;
- see also _Patients, occupations of_
-
- Families of patients, co-operation with nurse, 127, 174;
- examination of, 157–158;
- hygiene of, 155;
- infection of, 68–69, 97;
- relations with nurse, 152;
- recreations of, 155–156;
- respect for customs of, 181–182;
- see also under _Children_ and _Nurse_
-
- Food, importance to patient of proper, 147–150;
- see also under _Diet_, _Infection_, _Nurse, instruction by_
-
- Formaldehyde, formula for, 173–174 _note_
-
- Forms, see _Charts_, _Records_, _Reports_
-
- Fumigation, see under _Baltimore_, _Disinfection_
-
-
- H
-
- Hamman, Doctor Louis, quoted, 111
-
- Health Department, badges, 31–32;
- co-operation with institutions, 205–207;
- dispensaries, 185;
- examination of sputum by, 187;
- laws in regard to tuberculosis, 76–77, 112;
- notifying employers of tuberculosis patients, 269;
- physicians of, 89;
- politics in, 275–278;
- registration of cases with, 112, of deaths, 171;
- reports from institutions to, 206;
- supervision of discharged patients through, 207;
- supplies provided by, 42;
- visiting physicians needed by, 184–185;
- see also under _Baltimore_, _Disinfection_
-
- Heat, artificial, in outdoor treatment, 143, 147
-
- Histories, see under _Patients_
-
- Home, “breaking up the,” 161;
- care of advanced patients at, 225–227;
- conditions in patients’, 139, 148, 160, 163;
- entering patients’, 31, 118, 122;
- see _Infection_
-
- Hospitals, for advanced cases, 207–208, 218–219;
- importance of, in tuberculosis, 223, 271, 286;
- opposition to building of tuberculosis hospitals, 219–221;
- sending patients to, 207–208;
- special wards for tuberculosis, 218–219
-
- Houses, inspection of, by nurse, 136–137;
- vacant, watched by nurse, 181
-
-
- I
-
- Infection, of children, 159–160;
- sources of, 140, 159–160, 165–168, 252, 255–268;
- see also under _Advanced cases_, _Ambulatory cases_, _Bacilli_,
- _Children_, _Factories_, _Families_, _Patients_
-
- Institutions, see _Hospitals_ and _Sanatoria_
-
- Instruction, books of, 44;
- of patients and families, 127–133, 142–148;
- see also under _Nurse_
-
-
- L
-
- Landlord, irresponsibility of, 180–181
-
- Laws, for proper disinfection, 183;
- for protection from infection, 264;
- for registration and reporting of tuberculosis cases, 7, 111–112;
- State, in regard to tuberculosis, 76, 77
-
- “Light work” for tuberculosis patients, 215–216
-
- Lyman, Doctor David R., quoted, 213
-
-
- M
-
- Maryland, State Board of Health, quoted, 213;
- neglect of law for registration of tuberculosis cases, 113;
- Tuberculosis Association, 8 _note_
-
- Milk, infection through, 255
-
- Milk and eggs, see _Diet_
-
- Minor, Doctor Charles L., quoted, 126
-
- Municipal control of tuberculosis work, 77–86, 89–91, 274–275;
- see also _Baltimore_
-
-
- N
-
- Napkins, paper, use of, 130–131
-
- Newspapers as agents in tuberculosis work, 5
-
- Nurse, the tuberculosis, “asset to community,” 199;
- access to cases, 121–122;
- calls, 121–122;
- character, 16–19;
- co-operation with physician, 88, 103, 109;
- discovering cases, 67;
- dispensary work, 194–199;
- district, 35–36;
- duties of, 46, 48–49, 52, 53–56, 58–59, 62–70, 100–101, 105, 106,
- 108–109, 122, 128–137, 149–153, 154–157, 169–170, 181–183,
- 204–205, 207–208, 211–212, 213, 216–217, 224, 258–259;
- establishment of, 7–10, 89;
- expenses, 24–26;
- function, 117–118, 224, 247–248;
- giving relief, 232–233, 237, 241–242, 245–248;
- health, 12–15;
- hours on duty, 14, 36;
- instruction of patients and families, 127–131, 133–148, 155–156, 172,
- 174, 178, 183;
- lunches, 40–41;
- noon hour, 40–41;
- office, 38–40;
- physical examinations, 12–13;
- relations with patients and families, 18, 123, 133, 152–153, 181–182;
- relations with physicians, 71–73, 87–89, 92–94, 99–104, 123;
- responsibility to community, to patient and family, 118;
- to organization, 89;
- salary, 20–23;
- sick-leave, 27–28;
- social worker as nurse, 233–234;
- time off, 14–16;
- training of, 10–12, 62;
- uniforms, 28–31;
- vacation, 26–27;
- visits, 36–38;
- visiting list, 63–70;
- see also under _Baltimore_, _Charts_, _Children_, _Co-operation_,
- _Diagnosis_, _Diet_, _Disinfection_, _Dispensaries_, _Families_,
- _Health Department_, _Home_, _Registration_, _Reports_, _Visiting
- Nurse Association_
-
-
- O
-
- Occupations of patients, see under _Infection_
-
- Office of tuberculosis nurse, 38–40
-
- Open-air, schools, 163;
- treatment, 140–143
-
- Organizations, see under _Charity Organization Society_, and
- _Co-operation_
-
- Outdoor work for tuberculosis patients, 216
-
-
- P
-
- Patients, bed-ridden, 151–152;
- carelessness of, 97, 214–222, 266–268;
- changing physicians, 80–81, 92–96, 98–100;
- charts, 48–53;
- co-operation with nurse, 248–249;
- discharged, 204–207, 212–215;
- employment of, 262;
- examination of, 158, 190;
- histories, 123–124;
- home occupations, 261–262;
- isolation of, in homes, 151–152;
- limitation of, 33, 200;
- objection of, to institutions, 210–211;
- outdoor treatment, 144;
- rest for, 143–144;
- sending to country, 165–168;
- supervision outside the home, 267–272;
- supplies for, 42–43, 45;
- telling the truth to, 124–127;
- see also _Advanced_, _Ambulatory_, and _Arrested cases_, _Baltimore_,
- _Children_, _Diet_, _Dispensaries_, _Families_, _Health
- Department_, _Home_, _Injection_, _Instruction_, _Nurse_,
- _Segregation_, _Relief_
-
- Phipps Dispensary, see _Dispensaries_ under _Baltimore_
-
- Phthisiphobia, 14, 134–135, 270–272
-
- Physicians, incompetent, 93–97, 101–104;
- municipal, 90;
- standards of, 83;
- reporting tuberculosis cases, 113;
- State requirements of, 75–76;
- “unethical practitioner,” the, 72, 84, 85;
- see also under _Diagnosis_, _Dispensaries_, _Nurse_, _Patients_
-
- Pockets, waterproof, 44
-
- Poverty, relation to tuberculosis, 3–4, 61, 80–81, 230–232, 265,
- 283–285
-
- Prevention of tuberculosis, 4, 120, 155–156, 159–161, 247–248;
- see also under _Disinfection_, _Nurse_, etc.
-
-
- R
-
- Records and reports, 48–58
-
- Registration of cases, cards for, 116;
- laws for, 76, 111–113;
- value of, 114–115
-
- Relief, conditional, 231;
- not to be given by nurse, 234;
- obtained by nurse, 143, 210, 245–246, 257;
- proper use of, 248–249;
- rules for agents and nurses, 237–241;
- withdrawal of, 248;
- see also _Nurse_, _Co-operation_, _Patient_
-
- Reporting cases to the Health Department, 7, 56–59, 171, 205–207
-
-
- S
-
- Salary of tuberculosis nurse, 20–22, 24
-
- Sanatorium, outfit for, 211–212;
- value of, 208–209, 213
-
- Segregation, 4–5, 218–220, 223–229
-
- Sick leave, 26–28
-
- Skin test, 110
-
- Social agents and workers, 35–36, 62, 66–67, 165, 234–239
-
- Sputum, cups, 42–43;
- disposal of, 128–130;
- examination of, 9, 40, 107–108;
- see also under _Infection_ and _Instruction_
-
- Sterilization, see under _Disinfection_
-
- Superintendent of nurses, 13, 15, 24, 59–60, 116
-
- Supplies, nursing, 46;
- prophylactic, 42–45, 76–77, 133
-
-
- T
-
- Tests, tuberculin, 110–111
-
- Tuberculin classes, 196–197
-
- Tuberculosis, abolition of, 223, 283–284;
- arrest of, 125–126;
- campaign against, 1–6, 285–286;
- character of, 79;
- cure, 2–4, 125, 208–209;
- deaths from, 283;
- difficulties in dealing with, 79–82, 85–86;
- municipal control of, 85–86;
- number of cases in given community, estimate of, 63;
- see also _Bacilli_, _Infection_, _Prevention_, _Poverty_
-
- Tuberculosis Division, see under _Baltimore, Health Department of_
-
-
- U
-
- Uniforms, 28–29
-
-
- V
-
- Vacations for tuberculosis nurses, 26
-
- Visiting list, 63–66
-
- Visiting Nurse Association, 8, 9;
- see also under _Baltimore_ and _Co-operation_
-
- Visits by tuberculosis nurse, 36–38
-
-
- W
-
- Wards, special, for tuberculosis patients, 218–220
-
- Windows in patient’s room, 137, 144
-
- Work done by tuberculous patients: “light work,” 215;
- outdoor, 216,
- see also under _Infection_ and _Patients_
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- A
-
- Medical Dictionary
-
- for Nurses
-
-
- Giving the Definition, Pronunciation, and Derivation of the principal
- terms used in medicine, together with supplementary tables of weights,
- measures, chemical symbols, etc. arranged with special reference to use
- by the nursing profession
-
- By Amy E. Pope
-
- Formerly Instructor in the Presbyterian Hospital School of Nursing
- Author of “Anatomy and Physiology for Nurses,” etc.
-
- _12^o. Illustrated. 288 pages. $1.00_
-
- _In full flexible Morocco, Thumb Index. $1.60_
-
-No one could be better fitted to produce this book, filling a long-felt
-want, than Miss Pope, because of her large practical experience as a
-nurse, instructor, and author. Without question this volume must quickly
-be recognized as indispensable to the students of her great profession.
-
- _All Booksellers_
-
- NEW YORK LONDON
- 2–4–6 =G. P. Putnam’s Sons= 24 Bedford St.
- W. 45th St. Strand
-
-
-
-
- Text-Book
-
- of
-
- Anatomy and Physiology
-
- For Nurses
-
-
- by
- Amy E. Pope
-
- Author, with Anna Caroline Maxwell, of “Practical Nursing,” and Former
- Instructor in Practical Nursing and Dietetics in the Presbyterian
- Hospital School of Nursing.
-
- _Crown 8^o. With 135 Illustrations, many in color
- $1.75 net. Postage extra_
-
-The object of this work is to provide a text-book containing more
-physiology than the books on anatomy and physiology hitherto provided
-for nurses. The book is very fully illustrated and contains a number of
-questions for each chapter; also an extensive glossary, which includes a
-detailed explanation of all the chemical and physical terms used.
-
-
-
-
- Practical Nursing
-
- A Text-Book for Nurses
-
- By Anna Caroline Maxwell
-
- Superintendent of the Presbyterian Hospital School of Nursing
-
- and
-
- Amy Elizabeth Pope
-
- Formerly Instructor in the Presbyterian Hospital School of Nursing;
- Instructor in School of Nursing, St. Luke’s Hospital, San
- Francisco, Cal.
-
- _Third Edition, Revised. Crown 8^o. About 900 pages. With 91
- Illustrations. $2.00.
- Postage extra_
-
-Over 50,000 copies of _Practical Nursing_ had been sold up to January
-1st, 1914. This new edition has been entirely reset, revised, and
-enlarged, and contains over 50 per cent. more material than the previous
-editions. An important feature of the new edition is, that the authors
-have not confined themselves to one method of treatment where experience
-has shown that other methods may be more effective in certain cases.
-Detailed instructions have been given, thus bringing the book in line
-with the latest developments in practical nursing.
-
-
-
-
- A Text-Book of Materia Medica for Nurses
-
-
- Compiled by
-
- Lavinia L. Dock
-
- Graduate of Bellevue Training School for Nurses, Secretary of the
- American Federation of Nurses and of the International Council of
- Nurses, etc.
-
- _Fourth edition, revised and enlarged. 12^o. net, $1.50_
-
-“The work is interesting, valuable, and worthy of a position in any
-library.”—_N. Y. Medical Record._
-
-“It is written very concisely, and little can be found in it to
-criticize unfavorably, except the inevitable danger that the student
-will imagine after reading it that the whole subject has been mastered.
-The subject of therapeutics has been omitted as not a part of a nurse’s
-study, and this omission is highly to be commended. It will prove a
-valuable book for the purpose for which it is intended.”—_N. Y. Medical
-Journal._
-
- * * * * *
-
- G. P. Putnam’s Sons
- New York London
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
-
-
- 1. P. 173, the portions listed in “Potassium permanganate, oz. 111.;
- liquid formaldehyde, pint 1.” are unlikely to be correct. Did not
- alter the passage.
- 2. Silently corrected obvious typographical errors and variations in
- spelling.
- 3. Retained archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings as printed.
- 4. Re-indexed footnotes using numbers.
- 5. Enclosed italics font in _underscores_.
- 6. Enclosed bold font in =equals=.
- 7. Denoted superscripts by a caret before a single superscript
- character or a series of superscripted characters enclosed in
- curly braces, e.g. M^r. or M^{ister}.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TUBERCULOSIS NURSE ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.